2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
package elbv2
import (
"fmt"
"time"
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil"
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
)
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
const opAddListenerCertificates = "AddListenerCertificates"
// AddListenerCertificatesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the AddListenerCertificates operation. The "output" return
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See AddListenerCertificates for more information on using the AddListenerCertificates
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the AddListenerCertificatesRequest method.
// req, resp := client.AddListenerCertificatesRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/AddListenerCertificates
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) AddListenerCertificatesRequest ( input * AddListenerCertificatesInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * AddListenerCertificatesOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opAddListenerCertificates ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & AddListenerCertificatesInput { }
}
output = & AddListenerCertificatesOutput { }
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
return
}
// AddListenerCertificates API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
//
// Adds the specified certificate to the specified secure listener.
//
// If the certificate was already added, the call is successful but the certificate
// is not added again.
//
// To list the certificates for your listener, use DescribeListenerCertificates.
// To remove certificates from your listener, use RemoveListenerCertificates.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
// API operation AddListenerCertificates for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeListenerNotFoundException "ListenerNotFound"
// The specified listener does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeTooManyCertificatesException "TooManyCertificates"
// You've reached the limit on the number of certificates per load balancer.
//
// * ErrCodeCertificateNotFoundException "CertificateNotFound"
// The specified certificate does not exist.
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/AddListenerCertificates
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) AddListenerCertificates ( input * AddListenerCertificatesInput ) ( * AddListenerCertificatesOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . AddListenerCertificatesRequest ( input )
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// AddListenerCertificatesWithContext is the same as AddListenerCertificates with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See AddListenerCertificates for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * ELBV2 ) AddListenerCertificatesWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * AddListenerCertificatesInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * AddListenerCertificatesOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . AddListenerCertificatesRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
const opAddTags = "AddTags"
// AddTagsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the AddTags operation. The "output" return
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// successfuly.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// See AddTags for more information on using the AddTags
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the AddTagsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.AddTagsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/AddTags
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) AddTagsRequest ( input * AddTagsInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * AddTagsOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opAddTags ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & AddTagsInput { }
}
output = & AddTagsOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// AddTags API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
//
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// Adds the specified tags to the specified Elastic Load Balancing resource.
// You can tag your Application Load Balancers, Network Load Balancers, and
// your target groups.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. If a resource already has
// a tag with the same key, AddTags updates its value.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
// To list the current tags for your resources, use DescribeTags. To remove
// tags from your resources, use RemoveTags.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
// API operation AddTags for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeDuplicateTagKeysException "DuplicateTagKeys"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// A tag key was specified more than once.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeTooManyTagsException "TooManyTags"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// You've reached the limit on the number of tags per load balancer.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeLoadBalancerNotFoundException "LoadBalancerNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified load balancer does not exist.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeTargetGroupNotFoundException "TargetGroupNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified target group does not exist.
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/AddTags
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) AddTags ( input * AddTagsInput ) ( * AddTagsOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . AddTagsRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// AddTagsWithContext is the same as AddTags with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See AddTags for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * ELBV2 ) AddTagsWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * AddTagsInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * AddTagsOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . AddTagsRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
}
const opCreateListener = "CreateListener"
// CreateListenerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateListener operation. The "output" return
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// See CreateListener for more information on using the CreateListener
// API call, and error handling.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the CreateListenerRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CreateListenerRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/CreateListener
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) CreateListenerRequest ( input * CreateListenerInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * CreateListenerOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opCreateListener ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & CreateListenerInput { }
}
output = & CreateListenerOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// CreateListener API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
//
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// Creates a listener for the specified Application Load Balancer or Network
// Load Balancer.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
// To update a listener, use ModifyListener. When you are finished with a listener,
// you can delete it using DeleteListener. If you are finished with both the
// listener and the load balancer, you can delete them both using DeleteLoadBalancer.
//
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
// This operation is idempotent, which means that it completes at most one time.
// If you attempt to create multiple listeners with the same settings, each
// call succeeds.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// For more information, see Listeners for Your Application Load Balancers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/load-balancer-listeners.html)
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// in the Application Load Balancers Guide and Listeners for Your Network Load
// Balancers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/network/load-balancer-listeners.html)
// in the Network Load Balancers Guide.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
// API operation CreateListener for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeDuplicateListenerException "DuplicateListener"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// A listener with the specified port already exists.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeTooManyListenersException "TooManyListeners"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// You've reached the limit on the number of listeners per load balancer.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeTooManyCertificatesException "TooManyCertificates"
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// You've reached the limit on the number of certificates per load balancer.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeLoadBalancerNotFoundException "LoadBalancerNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified load balancer does not exist.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeTargetGroupNotFoundException "TargetGroupNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified target group does not exist.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeTargetGroupAssociationLimitException "TargetGroupAssociationLimit"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// You've reached the limit on the number of load balancers per target group.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidConfigurationRequestException "InvalidConfigurationRequest"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The requested configuration is not valid.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeIncompatibleProtocolsException "IncompatibleProtocols"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified configuration is not valid with this protocol.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeSSLPolicyNotFoundException "SSLPolicyNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified SSL policy does not exist.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeCertificateNotFoundException "CertificateNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified certificate does not exist.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeUnsupportedProtocolException "UnsupportedProtocol"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified protocol is not supported.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeTooManyRegistrationsForTargetIdException "TooManyRegistrationsForTargetId"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// You've reached the limit on the number of times a target can be registered
// with a load balancer.
//
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// * ErrCodeTooManyTargetsException "TooManyTargets"
// You've reached the limit on the number of targets.
//
2018-07-31 00:07:29 +02:00
// * ErrCodeTooManyActionsException "TooManyActions"
// You've reached the limit on the number of actions per rule.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidLoadBalancerActionException "InvalidLoadBalancerAction"
// The requested action is not valid.
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/CreateListener
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) CreateListener ( input * CreateListenerInput ) ( * CreateListenerOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . CreateListenerRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// CreateListenerWithContext is the same as CreateListener with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateListener for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * ELBV2 ) CreateListenerWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * CreateListenerInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * CreateListenerOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . CreateListenerRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
}
const opCreateLoadBalancer = "CreateLoadBalancer"
// CreateLoadBalancerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateLoadBalancer operation. The "output" return
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// successfuly.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// See CreateLoadBalancer for more information on using the CreateLoadBalancer
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the CreateLoadBalancerRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CreateLoadBalancerRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/CreateLoadBalancer
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) CreateLoadBalancerRequest ( input * CreateLoadBalancerInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * CreateLoadBalancerOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opCreateLoadBalancer ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & CreateLoadBalancerInput { }
}
output = & CreateLoadBalancerOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// CreateLoadBalancer API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
//
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// Creates an Application Load Balancer or a Network Load Balancer.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
// When you create a load balancer, you can specify security groups, public
// subnets, IP address type, and tags. Otherwise, you could do so later using
// SetSecurityGroups, SetSubnets, SetIpAddressType, and AddTags.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2017-01-30 15:18:29 +01:00
// To create listeners for your load balancer, use CreateListener. To describe
// your current load balancers, see DescribeLoadBalancers. When you are finished
// with a load balancer, you can delete it using DeleteLoadBalancer.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
// For limit information, see Limits for Your Application Load Balancer (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/load-balancer-limits.html)
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// in the Application Load Balancers Guide and Limits for Your Network Load
// Balancer (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/network/load-balancer-limits.html)
// in the Network Load Balancers Guide.
//
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
// This operation is idempotent, which means that it completes at most one time.
// If you attempt to create multiple load balancers with the same settings,
// each call succeeds.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// For more information, see Application Load Balancers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/application-load-balancers.html)
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// in the Application Load Balancers Guide and Network Load Balancers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/network/network-load-balancers.html)
// in the Network Load Balancers Guide.
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
// API operation CreateLoadBalancer for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeDuplicateLoadBalancerNameException "DuplicateLoadBalancerName"
2017-04-07 16:26:16 +02:00
// A load balancer with the specified name already exists.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeTooManyLoadBalancersException "TooManyLoadBalancers"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// You've reached the limit on the number of load balancers for your AWS account.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidConfigurationRequestException "InvalidConfigurationRequest"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The requested configuration is not valid.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeSubnetNotFoundException "SubnetNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified subnet does not exist.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnetException "InvalidSubnet"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified subnet is out of available addresses.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidSecurityGroupException "InvalidSecurityGroup"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified security group does not exist.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidSchemeException "InvalidScheme"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The requested scheme is not valid.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeTooManyTagsException "TooManyTags"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// You've reached the limit on the number of tags per load balancer.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeDuplicateTagKeysException "DuplicateTagKeys"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// A tag key was specified more than once.
//
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// * ErrCodeResourceInUseException "ResourceInUse"
// A specified resource is in use.
//
// * ErrCodeAllocationIdNotFoundException "AllocationIdNotFound"
// The specified allocation ID does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeAvailabilityZoneNotSupportedException "AvailabilityZoneNotSupported"
// The specified Availability Zone is not supported.
//
2018-01-27 09:53:29 +01:00
// * ErrCodeOperationNotPermittedException "OperationNotPermitted"
// This operation is not allowed.
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/CreateLoadBalancer
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) CreateLoadBalancer ( input * CreateLoadBalancerInput ) ( * CreateLoadBalancerOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . CreateLoadBalancerRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// CreateLoadBalancerWithContext is the same as CreateLoadBalancer with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateLoadBalancer for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * ELBV2 ) CreateLoadBalancerWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * CreateLoadBalancerInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * CreateLoadBalancerOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . CreateLoadBalancerRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
}
const opCreateRule = "CreateRule"
// CreateRuleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateRule operation. The "output" return
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// See CreateRule for more information on using the CreateRule
// API call, and error handling.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the CreateRuleRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CreateRuleRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/CreateRule
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) CreateRuleRequest ( input * CreateRuleInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * CreateRuleOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opCreateRule ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & CreateRuleInput { }
}
output = & CreateRuleOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// CreateRule API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
//
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// Creates a rule for the specified listener. The listener must be associated
// with an Application Load Balancer.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// Rules are evaluated in priority order, from the lowest value to the highest
2018-07-31 00:07:29 +02:00
// value. When the conditions for a rule are met, its actions are performed.
// If the conditions for no rules are met, the actions for the default rule
// are performed. For more information, see Listener Rules (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/load-balancer-listeners.html#listener-rules)
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// in the Application Load Balancers Guide.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
// To view your current rules, use DescribeRules. To update a rule, use ModifyRule.
// To set the priorities of your rules, use SetRulePriorities. To delete a rule,
// use DeleteRule.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
// API operation CreateRule for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodePriorityInUseException "PriorityInUse"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified priority is in use.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeTooManyTargetGroupsException "TooManyTargetGroups"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// You've reached the limit on the number of target groups for your AWS account.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeTooManyRulesException "TooManyRules"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// You've reached the limit on the number of rules per load balancer.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeTargetGroupAssociationLimitException "TargetGroupAssociationLimit"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// You've reached the limit on the number of load balancers per target group.
//
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// * ErrCodeIncompatibleProtocolsException "IncompatibleProtocols"
// The specified configuration is not valid with this protocol.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeListenerNotFoundException "ListenerNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified listener does not exist.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeTargetGroupNotFoundException "TargetGroupNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified target group does not exist.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidConfigurationRequestException "InvalidConfigurationRequest"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The requested configuration is not valid.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeTooManyRegistrationsForTargetIdException "TooManyRegistrationsForTargetId"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// You've reached the limit on the number of times a target can be registered
// with a load balancer.
//
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// * ErrCodeTooManyTargetsException "TooManyTargets"
// You've reached the limit on the number of targets.
//
2018-07-31 00:07:29 +02:00
// * ErrCodeUnsupportedProtocolException "UnsupportedProtocol"
// The specified protocol is not supported.
//
// * ErrCodeTooManyActionsException "TooManyActions"
// You've reached the limit on the number of actions per rule.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidLoadBalancerActionException "InvalidLoadBalancerAction"
// The requested action is not valid.
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/CreateRule
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) CreateRule ( input * CreateRuleInput ) ( * CreateRuleOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . CreateRuleRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// CreateRuleWithContext is the same as CreateRule with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateRule for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * ELBV2 ) CreateRuleWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * CreateRuleInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * CreateRuleOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . CreateRuleRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
}
const opCreateTargetGroup = "CreateTargetGroup"
// CreateTargetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateTargetGroup operation. The "output" return
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// successfuly.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// See CreateTargetGroup for more information on using the CreateTargetGroup
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the CreateTargetGroupRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CreateTargetGroupRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/CreateTargetGroup
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) CreateTargetGroupRequest ( input * CreateTargetGroupInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * CreateTargetGroupOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opCreateTargetGroup ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & CreateTargetGroupInput { }
}
output = & CreateTargetGroupOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// CreateTargetGroup API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
//
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
// Creates a target group.
//
// To register targets with the target group, use RegisterTargets. To update
// the health check settings for the target group, use ModifyTargetGroup. To
// monitor the health of targets in the target group, use DescribeTargetHealth.
//
// To route traffic to the targets in a target group, specify the target group
// in an action using CreateListener or CreateRule.
//
// To delete a target group, use DeleteTargetGroup.
//
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
// This operation is idempotent, which means that it completes at most one time.
// If you attempt to create multiple target groups with the same settings, each
// call succeeds.
//
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
// For more information, see Target Groups for Your Application Load Balancers
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/load-balancer-target-groups.html)
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// in the Application Load Balancers Guide or Target Groups for Your Network
// Load Balancers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/network/load-balancer-target-groups.html)
// in the Network Load Balancers Guide.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
// API operation CreateTargetGroup for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeDuplicateTargetGroupNameException "DuplicateTargetGroupName"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// A target group with the specified name already exists.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeTooManyTargetGroupsException "TooManyTargetGroups"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// You've reached the limit on the number of target groups for your AWS account.
//
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidConfigurationRequestException "InvalidConfigurationRequest"
// The requested configuration is not valid.
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/CreateTargetGroup
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) CreateTargetGroup ( input * CreateTargetGroupInput ) ( * CreateTargetGroupOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . CreateTargetGroupRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// CreateTargetGroupWithContext is the same as CreateTargetGroup with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateTargetGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * ELBV2 ) CreateTargetGroupWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * CreateTargetGroupInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * CreateTargetGroupOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . CreateTargetGroupRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
}
const opDeleteListener = "DeleteListener"
// DeleteListenerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteListener operation. The "output" return
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// See DeleteListener for more information on using the DeleteListener
// API call, and error handling.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteListenerRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteListenerRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DeleteListener
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) DeleteListenerRequest ( input * DeleteListenerInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * DeleteListenerOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opDeleteListener ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & DeleteListenerInput { }
}
output = & DeleteListenerOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// DeleteListener API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
//
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
// Deletes the specified listener.
//
// Alternatively, your listener is deleted when you delete the load balancer
2018-10-17 02:12:35 +02:00
// to which it is attached, using DeleteLoadBalancer.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
// API operation DeleteListener for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeListenerNotFoundException "ListenerNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified listener does not exist.
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DeleteListener
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) DeleteListener ( input * DeleteListenerInput ) ( * DeleteListenerOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DeleteListenerRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// DeleteListenerWithContext is the same as DeleteListener with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteListener for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * ELBV2 ) DeleteListenerWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DeleteListenerInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * DeleteListenerOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DeleteListenerRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
}
const opDeleteLoadBalancer = "DeleteLoadBalancer"
// DeleteLoadBalancerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteLoadBalancer operation. The "output" return
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// See DeleteLoadBalancer for more information on using the DeleteLoadBalancer
// API call, and error handling.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteLoadBalancerRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteLoadBalancerRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DeleteLoadBalancer
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) DeleteLoadBalancerRequest ( input * DeleteLoadBalancerInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * DeleteLoadBalancerOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opDeleteLoadBalancer ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & DeleteLoadBalancerInput { }
}
output = & DeleteLoadBalancerOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// DeleteLoadBalancer API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
//
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// Deletes the specified Application Load Balancer or Network Load Balancer
// and its attached listeners.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
// You can't delete a load balancer if deletion protection is enabled. If the
// load balancer does not exist or has already been deleted, the call succeeds.
//
// Deleting a load balancer does not affect its registered targets. For example,
// your EC2 instances continue to run and are still registered to their target
// groups. If you no longer need these EC2 instances, you can stop or terminate
// them.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
// API operation DeleteLoadBalancer for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeLoadBalancerNotFoundException "LoadBalancerNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified load balancer does not exist.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeOperationNotPermittedException "OperationNotPermitted"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// This operation is not allowed.
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// * ErrCodeResourceInUseException "ResourceInUse"
// A specified resource is in use.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DeleteLoadBalancer
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) DeleteLoadBalancer ( input * DeleteLoadBalancerInput ) ( * DeleteLoadBalancerOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DeleteLoadBalancerRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// DeleteLoadBalancerWithContext is the same as DeleteLoadBalancer with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteLoadBalancer for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * ELBV2 ) DeleteLoadBalancerWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DeleteLoadBalancerInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * DeleteLoadBalancerOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DeleteLoadBalancerRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
}
const opDeleteRule = "DeleteRule"
// DeleteRuleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteRule operation. The "output" return
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// successfuly.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// See DeleteRule for more information on using the DeleteRule
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteRuleRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteRuleRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DeleteRule
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) DeleteRuleRequest ( input * DeleteRuleInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * DeleteRuleOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opDeleteRule ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & DeleteRuleInput { }
}
output = & DeleteRuleOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// DeleteRule API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
//
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
// Deletes the specified rule.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
// API operation DeleteRule for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeRuleNotFoundException "RuleNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified rule does not exist.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeOperationNotPermittedException "OperationNotPermitted"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// This operation is not allowed.
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DeleteRule
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) DeleteRule ( input * DeleteRuleInput ) ( * DeleteRuleOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DeleteRuleRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// DeleteRuleWithContext is the same as DeleteRule with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteRule for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * ELBV2 ) DeleteRuleWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DeleteRuleInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * DeleteRuleOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DeleteRuleRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
}
const opDeleteTargetGroup = "DeleteTargetGroup"
// DeleteTargetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteTargetGroup operation. The "output" return
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// See DeleteTargetGroup for more information on using the DeleteTargetGroup
// API call, and error handling.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteTargetGroupRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteTargetGroupRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DeleteTargetGroup
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) DeleteTargetGroupRequest ( input * DeleteTargetGroupInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * DeleteTargetGroupOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opDeleteTargetGroup ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & DeleteTargetGroupInput { }
}
output = & DeleteTargetGroupOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// DeleteTargetGroup API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
//
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
// Deletes the specified target group.
//
// You can delete a target group if it is not referenced by any actions. Deleting
// a target group also deletes any associated health checks.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
// API operation DeleteTargetGroup for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeResourceInUseException "ResourceInUse"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// A specified resource is in use.
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DeleteTargetGroup
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) DeleteTargetGroup ( input * DeleteTargetGroupInput ) ( * DeleteTargetGroupOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DeleteTargetGroupRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// DeleteTargetGroupWithContext is the same as DeleteTargetGroup with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteTargetGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * ELBV2 ) DeleteTargetGroupWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DeleteTargetGroupInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * DeleteTargetGroupOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DeleteTargetGroupRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
}
const opDeregisterTargets = "DeregisterTargets"
// DeregisterTargetsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeregisterTargets operation. The "output" return
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// See DeregisterTargets for more information on using the DeregisterTargets
// API call, and error handling.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeregisterTargetsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeregisterTargetsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DeregisterTargets
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) DeregisterTargetsRequest ( input * DeregisterTargetsInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * DeregisterTargetsOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opDeregisterTargets ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & DeregisterTargetsInput { }
}
output = & DeregisterTargetsOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// DeregisterTargets API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
//
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
// Deregisters the specified targets from the specified target group. After
// the targets are deregistered, they no longer receive traffic from the load
// balancer.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
// API operation DeregisterTargets for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeTargetGroupNotFoundException "TargetGroupNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified target group does not exist.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidTargetException "InvalidTarget"
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
// The specified target does not exist, is not in the same VPC as the target
// group, or has an unsupported instance type.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DeregisterTargets
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) DeregisterTargets ( input * DeregisterTargetsInput ) ( * DeregisterTargetsOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DeregisterTargetsRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// DeregisterTargetsWithContext is the same as DeregisterTargets with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeregisterTargets for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * ELBV2 ) DeregisterTargetsWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DeregisterTargetsInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * DeregisterTargetsOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DeregisterTargetsRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
}
2017-05-18 14:25:22 +02:00
const opDescribeAccountLimits = "DescribeAccountLimits"
// DescribeAccountLimitsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeAccountLimits operation. The "output" return
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// successfuly.
2017-05-18 14:25:22 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
2017-05-18 14:25:22 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// See DescribeAccountLimits for more information on using the DescribeAccountLimits
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
2017-05-18 14:25:22 +02:00
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeAccountLimitsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeAccountLimitsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeAccountLimits
2017-05-18 14:25:22 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) DescribeAccountLimitsRequest ( input * DescribeAccountLimitsInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * DescribeAccountLimitsOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opDescribeAccountLimits ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & DescribeAccountLimitsInput { }
}
output = & DescribeAccountLimitsOutput { }
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
return
}
// DescribeAccountLimits API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
//
// Describes the current Elastic Load Balancing resource limits for your AWS
// account.
//
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// For more information, see Limits for Your Application Load Balancers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/load-balancer-limits.html)
// in the Application Load Balancer Guide or Limits for Your Network Load Balancers
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/network/load-balancer-limits.html)
// in the Network Load Balancers Guide.
2017-05-18 14:25:22 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
// API operation DescribeAccountLimits for usage and error information.
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeAccountLimits
2017-05-18 14:25:22 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) DescribeAccountLimits ( input * DescribeAccountLimitsInput ) ( * DescribeAccountLimitsOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeAccountLimitsRequest ( input )
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// DescribeAccountLimitsWithContext is the same as DescribeAccountLimits with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeAccountLimits for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * ELBV2 ) DescribeAccountLimitsWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DescribeAccountLimitsInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * DescribeAccountLimitsOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeAccountLimitsRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
}
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
const opDescribeListenerCertificates = "DescribeListenerCertificates"
// DescribeListenerCertificatesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeListenerCertificates operation. The "output" return
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DescribeListenerCertificates for more information on using the DescribeListenerCertificates
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeListenerCertificatesRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeListenerCertificatesRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeListenerCertificates
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) DescribeListenerCertificatesRequest ( input * DescribeListenerCertificatesInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * DescribeListenerCertificatesOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opDescribeListenerCertificates ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & DescribeListenerCertificatesInput { }
}
output = & DescribeListenerCertificatesOutput { }
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
return
}
// DescribeListenerCertificates API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
//
// Describes the certificates for the specified secure listener.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
// API operation DescribeListenerCertificates for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeListenerNotFoundException "ListenerNotFound"
// The specified listener does not exist.
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeListenerCertificates
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) DescribeListenerCertificates ( input * DescribeListenerCertificatesInput ) ( * DescribeListenerCertificatesOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeListenerCertificatesRequest ( input )
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// DescribeListenerCertificatesWithContext is the same as DescribeListenerCertificates with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeListenerCertificates for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * ELBV2 ) DescribeListenerCertificatesWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DescribeListenerCertificatesInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * DescribeListenerCertificatesOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeListenerCertificatesRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
const opDescribeListeners = "DescribeListeners"
// DescribeListenersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeListeners operation. The "output" return
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// See DescribeListeners for more information on using the DescribeListeners
// API call, and error handling.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeListenersRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeListenersRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeListeners
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) DescribeListenersRequest ( input * DescribeListenersInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * DescribeListenersOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opDescribeListeners ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
Paginator : & request . Paginator {
InputTokens : [ ] string { "Marker" } ,
OutputTokens : [ ] string { "NextMarker" } ,
LimitToken : "" ,
TruncationToken : "" ,
} ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & DescribeListenersInput { }
}
output = & DescribeListenersOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// DescribeListeners API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// Describes the specified listeners or the listeners for the specified Application
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// Load Balancer or Network Load Balancer. You must specify either a load balancer
// or one or more listeners.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
// API operation DescribeListeners for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeListenerNotFoundException "ListenerNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified listener does not exist.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeLoadBalancerNotFoundException "LoadBalancerNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified load balancer does not exist.
//
2018-07-31 00:07:29 +02:00
// * ErrCodeUnsupportedProtocolException "UnsupportedProtocol"
// The specified protocol is not supported.
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeListeners
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) DescribeListeners ( input * DescribeListenersInput ) ( * DescribeListenersOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeListenersRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// DescribeListenersWithContext is the same as DescribeListeners with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeListeners for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * ELBV2 ) DescribeListenersWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DescribeListenersInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * DescribeListenersOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeListenersRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
}
// DescribeListenersPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeListeners operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeListeners method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeListeners operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DescribeListenersPages(params,
// func(page *DescribeListenersOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
//
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) DescribeListenersPages ( input * DescribeListenersInput , fn func ( * DescribeListenersOutput , bool ) bool ) error {
return c . DescribeListenersPagesWithContext ( aws . BackgroundContext ( ) , input , fn )
}
// DescribeListenersPagesWithContext same as DescribeListenersPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * ELBV2 ) DescribeListenersPagesWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DescribeListenersInput , fn func ( * DescribeListenersOutput , bool ) bool , opts ... request . Option ) error {
p := request . Pagination {
NewRequest : func ( ) ( * request . Request , error ) {
var inCpy * DescribeListenersInput
if input != nil {
tmp := * input
inCpy = & tmp
}
req , _ := c . DescribeListenersRequest ( inCpy )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return req , nil
} ,
}
cont := true
for p . Next ( ) && cont {
cont = fn ( p . Page ( ) . ( * DescribeListenersOutput ) , ! p . HasNextPage ( ) )
}
return p . Err ( )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
}
const opDescribeLoadBalancerAttributes = "DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes"
// DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes operation. The "output" return
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// See DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes for more information on using the DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes
// API call, and error handling.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesRequest ( input * DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opDescribeLoadBalancerAttributes ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesInput { }
}
output = & DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
//
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// Describes the attributes for the specified Application Load Balancer or Network
// Load Balancer.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
2018-07-31 00:07:29 +02:00
// For more information, see Load Balancer Attributes (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/application-load-balancers.html#load-balancer-attributes)
// in the Application Load Balancers Guide or Load Balancer Attributes (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/network/network-load-balancers.html#load-balancer-attributes)
// in the Network Load Balancers Guide.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
// API operation DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeLoadBalancerNotFoundException "LoadBalancerNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified load balancer does not exist.
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes ( input * DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesInput ) ( * DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesWithContext is the same as DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * ELBV2 ) DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
}
const opDescribeLoadBalancers = "DescribeLoadBalancers"
// DescribeLoadBalancersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeLoadBalancers operation. The "output" return
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// successfuly.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// See DescribeLoadBalancers for more information on using the DescribeLoadBalancers
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeLoadBalancersRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeLoadBalancersRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeLoadBalancers
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) DescribeLoadBalancersRequest ( input * DescribeLoadBalancersInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * DescribeLoadBalancersOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opDescribeLoadBalancers ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
Paginator : & request . Paginator {
InputTokens : [ ] string { "Marker" } ,
OutputTokens : [ ] string { "NextMarker" } ,
LimitToken : "" ,
TruncationToken : "" ,
} ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & DescribeLoadBalancersInput { }
}
output = & DescribeLoadBalancersOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// DescribeLoadBalancers API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
//
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// Describes the specified load balancers or all of your load balancers.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
// To describe the listeners for a load balancer, use DescribeListeners. To
// describe the attributes for a load balancer, use DescribeLoadBalancerAttributes.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
// API operation DescribeLoadBalancers for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeLoadBalancerNotFoundException "LoadBalancerNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified load balancer does not exist.
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeLoadBalancers
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) DescribeLoadBalancers ( input * DescribeLoadBalancersInput ) ( * DescribeLoadBalancersOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeLoadBalancersRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// DescribeLoadBalancersWithContext is the same as DescribeLoadBalancers with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeLoadBalancers for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * ELBV2 ) DescribeLoadBalancersWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DescribeLoadBalancersInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * DescribeLoadBalancersOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeLoadBalancersRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
}
// DescribeLoadBalancersPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeLoadBalancers operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeLoadBalancers method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeLoadBalancers operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DescribeLoadBalancersPages(params,
// func(page *DescribeLoadBalancersOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
//
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) DescribeLoadBalancersPages ( input * DescribeLoadBalancersInput , fn func ( * DescribeLoadBalancersOutput , bool ) bool ) error {
return c . DescribeLoadBalancersPagesWithContext ( aws . BackgroundContext ( ) , input , fn )
}
// DescribeLoadBalancersPagesWithContext same as DescribeLoadBalancersPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * ELBV2 ) DescribeLoadBalancersPagesWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DescribeLoadBalancersInput , fn func ( * DescribeLoadBalancersOutput , bool ) bool , opts ... request . Option ) error {
p := request . Pagination {
NewRequest : func ( ) ( * request . Request , error ) {
var inCpy * DescribeLoadBalancersInput
if input != nil {
tmp := * input
inCpy = & tmp
}
req , _ := c . DescribeLoadBalancersRequest ( inCpy )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return req , nil
} ,
}
cont := true
for p . Next ( ) && cont {
cont = fn ( p . Page ( ) . ( * DescribeLoadBalancersOutput ) , ! p . HasNextPage ( ) )
}
return p . Err ( )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
}
const opDescribeRules = "DescribeRules"
// DescribeRulesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeRules operation. The "output" return
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// See DescribeRules for more information on using the DescribeRules
// API call, and error handling.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeRulesRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeRulesRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeRules
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) DescribeRulesRequest ( input * DescribeRulesInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * DescribeRulesOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opDescribeRules ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & DescribeRulesInput { }
}
output = & DescribeRulesOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// DescribeRules API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
//
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
// Describes the specified rules or the rules for the specified listener. You
// must specify either a listener or one or more rules.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
// API operation DescribeRules for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeListenerNotFoundException "ListenerNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified listener does not exist.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeRuleNotFoundException "RuleNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified rule does not exist.
//
2018-07-31 00:07:29 +02:00
// * ErrCodeUnsupportedProtocolException "UnsupportedProtocol"
// The specified protocol is not supported.
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeRules
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) DescribeRules ( input * DescribeRulesInput ) ( * DescribeRulesOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeRulesRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// DescribeRulesWithContext is the same as DescribeRules with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeRules for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * ELBV2 ) DescribeRulesWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DescribeRulesInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * DescribeRulesOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeRulesRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
}
const opDescribeSSLPolicies = "DescribeSSLPolicies"
// DescribeSSLPoliciesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeSSLPolicies operation. The "output" return
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// successfuly.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// See DescribeSSLPolicies for more information on using the DescribeSSLPolicies
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeSSLPoliciesRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeSSLPoliciesRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeSSLPolicies
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) DescribeSSLPoliciesRequest ( input * DescribeSSLPoliciesInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * DescribeSSLPoliciesOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opDescribeSSLPolicies ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & DescribeSSLPoliciesInput { }
}
output = & DescribeSSLPoliciesOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// DescribeSSLPolicies API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
//
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
// Describes the specified policies or all policies used for SSL negotiation.
//
2017-04-07 16:26:16 +02:00
// For more information, see Security Policies (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/create-https-listener.html#describe-ssl-policies)
// in the Application Load Balancers Guide.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
// API operation DescribeSSLPolicies for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeSSLPolicyNotFoundException "SSLPolicyNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified SSL policy does not exist.
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeSSLPolicies
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) DescribeSSLPolicies ( input * DescribeSSLPoliciesInput ) ( * DescribeSSLPoliciesOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeSSLPoliciesRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// DescribeSSLPoliciesWithContext is the same as DescribeSSLPolicies with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeSSLPolicies for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * ELBV2 ) DescribeSSLPoliciesWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DescribeSSLPoliciesInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * DescribeSSLPoliciesOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeSSLPoliciesRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
}
const opDescribeTags = "DescribeTags"
// DescribeTagsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeTags operation. The "output" return
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// See DescribeTags for more information on using the DescribeTags
// API call, and error handling.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeTagsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeTagsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeTags
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) DescribeTagsRequest ( input * DescribeTagsInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * DescribeTagsOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opDescribeTags ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & DescribeTagsInput { }
}
output = & DescribeTagsOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// DescribeTags API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
//
2017-04-07 16:26:16 +02:00
// Describes the tags for the specified resources. You can describe the tags
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// for one or more Application Load Balancers, Network Load Balancers, and target
// groups.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
// API operation DescribeTags for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeLoadBalancerNotFoundException "LoadBalancerNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified load balancer does not exist.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeTargetGroupNotFoundException "TargetGroupNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified target group does not exist.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeListenerNotFoundException "ListenerNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified listener does not exist.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeRuleNotFoundException "RuleNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified rule does not exist.
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeTags
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) DescribeTags ( input * DescribeTagsInput ) ( * DescribeTagsOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeTagsRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// DescribeTagsWithContext is the same as DescribeTags with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeTags for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * ELBV2 ) DescribeTagsWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DescribeTagsInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * DescribeTagsOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeTagsRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
}
const opDescribeTargetGroupAttributes = "DescribeTargetGroupAttributes"
// DescribeTargetGroupAttributesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeTargetGroupAttributes operation. The "output" return
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// successfuly.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// See DescribeTargetGroupAttributes for more information on using the DescribeTargetGroupAttributes
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeTargetGroupAttributesRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeTargetGroupAttributesRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeTargetGroupAttributes
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) DescribeTargetGroupAttributesRequest ( input * DescribeTargetGroupAttributesInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * DescribeTargetGroupAttributesOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opDescribeTargetGroupAttributes ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & DescribeTargetGroupAttributesInput { }
}
output = & DescribeTargetGroupAttributesOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// DescribeTargetGroupAttributes API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
//
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
// Describes the attributes for the specified target group.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
2018-07-31 00:07:29 +02:00
// For more information, see Target Group Attributes (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/load-balancer-target-groups.html#target-group-attributes)
// in the Application Load Balancers Guide or Target Group Attributes (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/network/load-balancer-target-groups.html#target-group-attributes)
// in the Network Load Balancers Guide.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
// API operation DescribeTargetGroupAttributes for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeTargetGroupNotFoundException "TargetGroupNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified target group does not exist.
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeTargetGroupAttributes
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) DescribeTargetGroupAttributes ( input * DescribeTargetGroupAttributesInput ) ( * DescribeTargetGroupAttributesOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeTargetGroupAttributesRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// DescribeTargetGroupAttributesWithContext is the same as DescribeTargetGroupAttributes with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeTargetGroupAttributes for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * ELBV2 ) DescribeTargetGroupAttributesWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DescribeTargetGroupAttributesInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * DescribeTargetGroupAttributesOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeTargetGroupAttributesRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
}
const opDescribeTargetGroups = "DescribeTargetGroups"
// DescribeTargetGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeTargetGroups operation. The "output" return
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// See DescribeTargetGroups for more information on using the DescribeTargetGroups
// API call, and error handling.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeTargetGroupsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeTargetGroupsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeTargetGroups
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) DescribeTargetGroupsRequest ( input * DescribeTargetGroupsInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * DescribeTargetGroupsOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opDescribeTargetGroups ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
Paginator : & request . Paginator {
InputTokens : [ ] string { "Marker" } ,
OutputTokens : [ ] string { "NextMarker" } ,
LimitToken : "" ,
TruncationToken : "" ,
} ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & DescribeTargetGroupsInput { }
}
output = & DescribeTargetGroupsOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// DescribeTargetGroups API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
//
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
// Describes the specified target groups or all of your target groups. By default,
// all target groups are described. Alternatively, you can specify one of the
// following to filter the results: the ARN of the load balancer, the names
// of one or more target groups, or the ARNs of one or more target groups.
//
// To describe the targets for a target group, use DescribeTargetHealth. To
// describe the attributes of a target group, use DescribeTargetGroupAttributes.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
// API operation DescribeTargetGroups for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeLoadBalancerNotFoundException "LoadBalancerNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified load balancer does not exist.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeTargetGroupNotFoundException "TargetGroupNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified target group does not exist.
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeTargetGroups
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) DescribeTargetGroups ( input * DescribeTargetGroupsInput ) ( * DescribeTargetGroupsOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeTargetGroupsRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// DescribeTargetGroupsWithContext is the same as DescribeTargetGroups with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeTargetGroups for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * ELBV2 ) DescribeTargetGroupsWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DescribeTargetGroupsInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * DescribeTargetGroupsOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeTargetGroupsRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
}
// DescribeTargetGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeTargetGroups operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See DescribeTargetGroups method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeTargetGroups operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.DescribeTargetGroupsPages(params,
// func(page *DescribeTargetGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
//
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) DescribeTargetGroupsPages ( input * DescribeTargetGroupsInput , fn func ( * DescribeTargetGroupsOutput , bool ) bool ) error {
return c . DescribeTargetGroupsPagesWithContext ( aws . BackgroundContext ( ) , input , fn )
}
// DescribeTargetGroupsPagesWithContext same as DescribeTargetGroupsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * ELBV2 ) DescribeTargetGroupsPagesWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DescribeTargetGroupsInput , fn func ( * DescribeTargetGroupsOutput , bool ) bool , opts ... request . Option ) error {
p := request . Pagination {
NewRequest : func ( ) ( * request . Request , error ) {
var inCpy * DescribeTargetGroupsInput
if input != nil {
tmp := * input
inCpy = & tmp
}
req , _ := c . DescribeTargetGroupsRequest ( inCpy )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return req , nil
} ,
}
cont := true
for p . Next ( ) && cont {
cont = fn ( p . Page ( ) . ( * DescribeTargetGroupsOutput ) , ! p . HasNextPage ( ) )
}
return p . Err ( )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
}
const opDescribeTargetHealth = "DescribeTargetHealth"
// DescribeTargetHealthRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DescribeTargetHealth operation. The "output" return
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// See DescribeTargetHealth for more information on using the DescribeTargetHealth
// API call, and error handling.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeTargetHealthRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DescribeTargetHealthRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeTargetHealth
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) DescribeTargetHealthRequest ( input * DescribeTargetHealthInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * DescribeTargetHealthOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opDescribeTargetHealth ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & DescribeTargetHealthInput { }
}
output = & DescribeTargetHealthOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// DescribeTargetHealth API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
//
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
// Describes the health of the specified targets or all of your targets.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
// API operation DescribeTargetHealth for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidTargetException "InvalidTarget"
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
// The specified target does not exist, is not in the same VPC as the target
// group, or has an unsupported instance type.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeTargetGroupNotFoundException "TargetGroupNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified target group does not exist.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeHealthUnavailableException "HealthUnavailable"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The health of the specified targets could not be retrieved due to an internal
// error.
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/DescribeTargetHealth
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) DescribeTargetHealth ( input * DescribeTargetHealthInput ) ( * DescribeTargetHealthOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeTargetHealthRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// DescribeTargetHealthWithContext is the same as DescribeTargetHealth with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DescribeTargetHealth for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * ELBV2 ) DescribeTargetHealthWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * DescribeTargetHealthInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * DescribeTargetHealthOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . DescribeTargetHealthRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
}
const opModifyListener = "ModifyListener"
// ModifyListenerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ModifyListener operation. The "output" return
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// successfuly.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// See ModifyListener for more information on using the ModifyListener
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyListenerRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ModifyListenerRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/ModifyListener
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) ModifyListenerRequest ( input * ModifyListenerInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * ModifyListenerOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opModifyListener ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & ModifyListenerInput { }
}
output = & ModifyListenerOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// ModifyListener API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
//
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
// Modifies the specified properties of the specified listener.
//
// Any properties that you do not specify retain their current values. However,
// changing the protocol from HTTPS to HTTP removes the security policy and
// SSL certificate properties. If you change the protocol from HTTP to HTTPS,
2017-04-07 16:26:16 +02:00
// you must add the security policy and server certificate.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
// API operation ModifyListener for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeDuplicateListenerException "DuplicateListener"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// A listener with the specified port already exists.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeTooManyListenersException "TooManyListeners"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// You've reached the limit on the number of listeners per load balancer.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeTooManyCertificatesException "TooManyCertificates"
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// You've reached the limit on the number of certificates per load balancer.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeListenerNotFoundException "ListenerNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified listener does not exist.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeTargetGroupNotFoundException "TargetGroupNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified target group does not exist.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeTargetGroupAssociationLimitException "TargetGroupAssociationLimit"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// You've reached the limit on the number of load balancers per target group.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeIncompatibleProtocolsException "IncompatibleProtocols"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified configuration is not valid with this protocol.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeSSLPolicyNotFoundException "SSLPolicyNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified SSL policy does not exist.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeCertificateNotFoundException "CertificateNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified certificate does not exist.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidConfigurationRequestException "InvalidConfigurationRequest"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The requested configuration is not valid.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeUnsupportedProtocolException "UnsupportedProtocol"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified protocol is not supported.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeTooManyRegistrationsForTargetIdException "TooManyRegistrationsForTargetId"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// You've reached the limit on the number of times a target can be registered
// with a load balancer.
//
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// * ErrCodeTooManyTargetsException "TooManyTargets"
// You've reached the limit on the number of targets.
//
2018-07-31 00:07:29 +02:00
// * ErrCodeTooManyActionsException "TooManyActions"
// You've reached the limit on the number of actions per rule.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidLoadBalancerActionException "InvalidLoadBalancerAction"
// The requested action is not valid.
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/ModifyListener
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) ModifyListener ( input * ModifyListenerInput ) ( * ModifyListenerOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . ModifyListenerRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// ModifyListenerWithContext is the same as ModifyListener with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ModifyListener for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * ELBV2 ) ModifyListenerWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * ModifyListenerInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * ModifyListenerOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . ModifyListenerRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
}
const opModifyLoadBalancerAttributes = "ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes"
// ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes operation. The "output" return
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// See ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes for more information on using the ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes
// API call, and error handling.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesRequest ( input * ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opModifyLoadBalancerAttributes ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesInput { }
}
output = & ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
//
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// Modifies the specified attributes of the specified Application Load Balancer
// or Network Load Balancer.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
// If any of the specified attributes can't be modified as requested, the call
// fails. Any existing attributes that you do not modify retain their current
// values.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
// API operation ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeLoadBalancerNotFoundException "LoadBalancerNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified load balancer does not exist.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidConfigurationRequestException "InvalidConfigurationRequest"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The requested configuration is not valid.
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes ( input * ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesInput ) ( * ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesWithContext is the same as ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ModifyLoadBalancerAttributes for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * ELBV2 ) ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
}
const opModifyRule = "ModifyRule"
// ModifyRuleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ModifyRule operation. The "output" return
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// See ModifyRule for more information on using the ModifyRule
// API call, and error handling.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyRuleRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ModifyRuleRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/ModifyRule
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) ModifyRuleRequest ( input * ModifyRuleInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * ModifyRuleOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opModifyRule ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & ModifyRuleInput { }
}
output = & ModifyRuleOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// ModifyRule API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
//
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
// Modifies the specified rule.
//
// Any existing properties that you do not modify retain their current values.
//
2018-07-31 00:07:29 +02:00
// To modify the actions for the default rule, use ModifyListener.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
// API operation ModifyRule for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeTargetGroupAssociationLimitException "TargetGroupAssociationLimit"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// You've reached the limit on the number of load balancers per target group.
//
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// * ErrCodeIncompatibleProtocolsException "IncompatibleProtocols"
// The specified configuration is not valid with this protocol.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeRuleNotFoundException "RuleNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified rule does not exist.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeOperationNotPermittedException "OperationNotPermitted"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// This operation is not allowed.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeTooManyRegistrationsForTargetIdException "TooManyRegistrationsForTargetId"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// You've reached the limit on the number of times a target can be registered
// with a load balancer.
//
2017-06-05 12:39:43 +02:00
// * ErrCodeTooManyTargetsException "TooManyTargets"
// You've reached the limit on the number of targets.
//
// * ErrCodeTargetGroupNotFoundException "TargetGroupNotFound"
// The specified target group does not exist.
//
2018-07-31 00:07:29 +02:00
// * ErrCodeUnsupportedProtocolException "UnsupportedProtocol"
// The specified protocol is not supported.
//
// * ErrCodeTooManyActionsException "TooManyActions"
// You've reached the limit on the number of actions per rule.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidLoadBalancerActionException "InvalidLoadBalancerAction"
// The requested action is not valid.
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/ModifyRule
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) ModifyRule ( input * ModifyRuleInput ) ( * ModifyRuleOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . ModifyRuleRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// ModifyRuleWithContext is the same as ModifyRule with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ModifyRule for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * ELBV2 ) ModifyRuleWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * ModifyRuleInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * ModifyRuleOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . ModifyRuleRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
}
const opModifyTargetGroup = "ModifyTargetGroup"
// ModifyTargetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ModifyTargetGroup operation. The "output" return
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// successfuly.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// See ModifyTargetGroup for more information on using the ModifyTargetGroup
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyTargetGroupRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ModifyTargetGroupRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/ModifyTargetGroup
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) ModifyTargetGroupRequest ( input * ModifyTargetGroupInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * ModifyTargetGroupOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opModifyTargetGroup ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & ModifyTargetGroupInput { }
}
output = & ModifyTargetGroupOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// ModifyTargetGroup API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
//
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
// Modifies the health checks used when evaluating the health state of the targets
// in the specified target group.
//
// To monitor the health of the targets, use DescribeTargetHealth.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
// API operation ModifyTargetGroup for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeTargetGroupNotFoundException "TargetGroupNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified target group does not exist.
//
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidConfigurationRequestException "InvalidConfigurationRequest"
// The requested configuration is not valid.
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/ModifyTargetGroup
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) ModifyTargetGroup ( input * ModifyTargetGroupInput ) ( * ModifyTargetGroupOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . ModifyTargetGroupRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// ModifyTargetGroupWithContext is the same as ModifyTargetGroup with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ModifyTargetGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * ELBV2 ) ModifyTargetGroupWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * ModifyTargetGroupInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * ModifyTargetGroupOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . ModifyTargetGroupRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
}
const opModifyTargetGroupAttributes = "ModifyTargetGroupAttributes"
// ModifyTargetGroupAttributesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ModifyTargetGroupAttributes operation. The "output" return
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// See ModifyTargetGroupAttributes for more information on using the ModifyTargetGroupAttributes
// API call, and error handling.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyTargetGroupAttributesRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ModifyTargetGroupAttributesRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/ModifyTargetGroupAttributes
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) ModifyTargetGroupAttributesRequest ( input * ModifyTargetGroupAttributesInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * ModifyTargetGroupAttributesOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opModifyTargetGroupAttributes ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & ModifyTargetGroupAttributesInput { }
}
output = & ModifyTargetGroupAttributesOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// ModifyTargetGroupAttributes API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
//
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
// Modifies the specified attributes of the specified target group.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
// API operation ModifyTargetGroupAttributes for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeTargetGroupNotFoundException "TargetGroupNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified target group does not exist.
//
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidConfigurationRequestException "InvalidConfigurationRequest"
// The requested configuration is not valid.
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/ModifyTargetGroupAttributes
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) ModifyTargetGroupAttributes ( input * ModifyTargetGroupAttributesInput ) ( * ModifyTargetGroupAttributesOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . ModifyTargetGroupAttributesRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// ModifyTargetGroupAttributesWithContext is the same as ModifyTargetGroupAttributes with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ModifyTargetGroupAttributes for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * ELBV2 ) ModifyTargetGroupAttributesWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * ModifyTargetGroupAttributesInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * ModifyTargetGroupAttributesOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . ModifyTargetGroupAttributesRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
}
const opRegisterTargets = "RegisterTargets"
// RegisterTargetsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the RegisterTargets operation. The "output" return
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// See RegisterTargets for more information on using the RegisterTargets
// API call, and error handling.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the RegisterTargetsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.RegisterTargetsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/RegisterTargets
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) RegisterTargetsRequest ( input * RegisterTargetsInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * RegisterTargetsOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opRegisterTargets ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & RegisterTargetsInput { }
}
output = & RegisterTargetsOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// RegisterTargets API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
//
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
// Registers the specified targets with the specified target group.
//
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// You can register targets by instance ID or by IP address. If the target is
// an EC2 instance, it must be in the running state when you register it.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// By default, the load balancer routes requests to registered targets using
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// the protocol and port for the target group. Alternatively, you can override
// the port for a target when you register it. You can register each EC2 instance
// or IP address with the same target group multiple times using different ports.
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
//
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// With a Network Load Balancer, you cannot register instances by instance ID
// if they have the following instance types: C1, CC1, CC2, CG1, CG2, CR1, CS1,
// G1, G2, HI1, HS1, M1, M2, M3, and T1. You can register instances of these
// types by IP address.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
// To remove a target from a target group, use DeregisterTargets.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
// API operation RegisterTargets for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeTargetGroupNotFoundException "TargetGroupNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified target group does not exist.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeTooManyTargetsException "TooManyTargets"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// You've reached the limit on the number of targets.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidTargetException "InvalidTarget"
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
// The specified target does not exist, is not in the same VPC as the target
// group, or has an unsupported instance type.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeTooManyRegistrationsForTargetIdException "TooManyRegistrationsForTargetId"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// You've reached the limit on the number of times a target can be registered
// with a load balancer.
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/RegisterTargets
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) RegisterTargets ( input * RegisterTargetsInput ) ( * RegisterTargetsOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . RegisterTargetsRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// RegisterTargetsWithContext is the same as RegisterTargets with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See RegisterTargets for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * ELBV2 ) RegisterTargetsWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * RegisterTargetsInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * RegisterTargetsOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . RegisterTargetsRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
}
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
const opRemoveListenerCertificates = "RemoveListenerCertificates"
// RemoveListenerCertificatesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the RemoveListenerCertificates operation. The "output" return
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See RemoveListenerCertificates for more information on using the RemoveListenerCertificates
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the RemoveListenerCertificatesRequest method.
// req, resp := client.RemoveListenerCertificatesRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/RemoveListenerCertificates
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) RemoveListenerCertificatesRequest ( input * RemoveListenerCertificatesInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * RemoveListenerCertificatesOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opRemoveListenerCertificates ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & RemoveListenerCertificatesInput { }
}
output = & RemoveListenerCertificatesOutput { }
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
return
}
// RemoveListenerCertificates API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
//
// Removes the specified certificate from the specified secure listener.
//
// You can't remove the default certificate for a listener. To replace the default
// certificate, call ModifyListener.
//
// To list the certificates for your listener, use DescribeListenerCertificates.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
// API operation RemoveListenerCertificates for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeListenerNotFoundException "ListenerNotFound"
// The specified listener does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeOperationNotPermittedException "OperationNotPermitted"
// This operation is not allowed.
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/RemoveListenerCertificates
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) RemoveListenerCertificates ( input * RemoveListenerCertificatesInput ) ( * RemoveListenerCertificatesOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . RemoveListenerCertificatesRequest ( input )
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// RemoveListenerCertificatesWithContext is the same as RemoveListenerCertificates with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See RemoveListenerCertificates for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * ELBV2 ) RemoveListenerCertificatesWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * RemoveListenerCertificatesInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * RemoveListenerCertificatesOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . RemoveListenerCertificatesRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
const opRemoveTags = "RemoveTags"
// RemoveTagsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the RemoveTags operation. The "output" return
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// successfuly.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// See RemoveTags for more information on using the RemoveTags
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the RemoveTagsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.RemoveTagsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/RemoveTags
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) RemoveTagsRequest ( input * RemoveTagsInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * RemoveTagsOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opRemoveTags ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & RemoveTagsInput { }
}
output = & RemoveTagsOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// RemoveTags API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
//
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// Removes the specified tags from the specified Elastic Load Balancing resource.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
// To list the current tags for your resources, use DescribeTags.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
// API operation RemoveTags for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeLoadBalancerNotFoundException "LoadBalancerNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified load balancer does not exist.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeTargetGroupNotFoundException "TargetGroupNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified target group does not exist.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeListenerNotFoundException "ListenerNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified listener does not exist.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeRuleNotFoundException "RuleNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified rule does not exist.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeTooManyTagsException "TooManyTags"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// You've reached the limit on the number of tags per load balancer.
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/RemoveTags
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) RemoveTags ( input * RemoveTagsInput ) ( * RemoveTagsOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . RemoveTagsRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// RemoveTagsWithContext is the same as RemoveTags with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See RemoveTags for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * ELBV2 ) RemoveTagsWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * RemoveTagsInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * RemoveTagsOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . RemoveTagsRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
}
2017-01-30 15:18:29 +01:00
const opSetIpAddressType = "SetIpAddressType"
// SetIpAddressTypeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the SetIpAddressType operation. The "output" return
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
2017-01-30 15:18:29 +01:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// See SetIpAddressType for more information on using the SetIpAddressType
// API call, and error handling.
2017-01-30 15:18:29 +01:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
2017-01-30 15:18:29 +01:00
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the SetIpAddressTypeRequest method.
// req, resp := client.SetIpAddressTypeRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/SetIpAddressType
2017-01-30 15:18:29 +01:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) SetIpAddressTypeRequest ( input * SetIpAddressTypeInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * SetIpAddressTypeOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opSetIpAddressType ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & SetIpAddressTypeInput { }
}
output = & SetIpAddressTypeOutput { }
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
return
}
// SetIpAddressType API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
//
// Sets the type of IP addresses used by the subnets of the specified Application
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// Load Balancer or Network Load Balancer.
//
2018-10-17 02:12:35 +02:00
// Network Load Balancers must use ipv4.
2017-01-30 15:18:29 +01:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
// API operation SetIpAddressType for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeLoadBalancerNotFoundException "LoadBalancerNotFound"
2017-01-30 15:18:29 +01:00
// The specified load balancer does not exist.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidConfigurationRequestException "InvalidConfigurationRequest"
2017-01-30 15:18:29 +01:00
// The requested configuration is not valid.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnetException "InvalidSubnet"
2017-01-30 15:18:29 +01:00
// The specified subnet is out of available addresses.
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/SetIpAddressType
2017-01-30 15:18:29 +01:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) SetIpAddressType ( input * SetIpAddressTypeInput ) ( * SetIpAddressTypeOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . SetIpAddressTypeRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// SetIpAddressTypeWithContext is the same as SetIpAddressType with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See SetIpAddressType for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * ELBV2 ) SetIpAddressTypeWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * SetIpAddressTypeInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * SetIpAddressTypeOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . SetIpAddressTypeRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2017-01-30 15:18:29 +01:00
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
const opSetRulePriorities = "SetRulePriorities"
// SetRulePrioritiesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the SetRulePriorities operation. The "output" return
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// successfuly.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// See SetRulePriorities for more information on using the SetRulePriorities
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the SetRulePrioritiesRequest method.
// req, resp := client.SetRulePrioritiesRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/SetRulePriorities
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) SetRulePrioritiesRequest ( input * SetRulePrioritiesInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * SetRulePrioritiesOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opSetRulePriorities ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & SetRulePrioritiesInput { }
}
output = & SetRulePrioritiesOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// SetRulePriorities API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
//
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
// Sets the priorities of the specified rules.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// You can reorder the rules as long as there are no priority conflicts in the
// new order. Any existing rules that you do not specify retain their current
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
// priority.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
// API operation SetRulePriorities for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeRuleNotFoundException "RuleNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified rule does not exist.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodePriorityInUseException "PriorityInUse"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified priority is in use.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeOperationNotPermittedException "OperationNotPermitted"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// This operation is not allowed.
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/SetRulePriorities
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) SetRulePriorities ( input * SetRulePrioritiesInput ) ( * SetRulePrioritiesOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . SetRulePrioritiesRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// SetRulePrioritiesWithContext is the same as SetRulePriorities with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See SetRulePriorities for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * ELBV2 ) SetRulePrioritiesWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * SetRulePrioritiesInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * SetRulePrioritiesOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . SetRulePrioritiesRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
}
const opSetSecurityGroups = "SetSecurityGroups"
// SetSecurityGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the SetSecurityGroups operation. The "output" return
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// successfuly.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// See SetSecurityGroups for more information on using the SetSecurityGroups
// API call, and error handling.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the SetSecurityGroupsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.SetSecurityGroupsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/SetSecurityGroups
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) SetSecurityGroupsRequest ( input * SetSecurityGroupsInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * SetSecurityGroupsOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opSetSecurityGroups ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & SetSecurityGroupsInput { }
}
output = & SetSecurityGroupsOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// SetSecurityGroups API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
//
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// Associates the specified security groups with the specified Application Load
// Balancer. The specified security groups override the previously associated
// security groups.
//
2018-10-17 02:12:35 +02:00
// You can't specify a security group for a Network Load Balancer.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
// API operation SetSecurityGroups for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeLoadBalancerNotFoundException "LoadBalancerNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified load balancer does not exist.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidConfigurationRequestException "InvalidConfigurationRequest"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The requested configuration is not valid.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidSecurityGroupException "InvalidSecurityGroup"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified security group does not exist.
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/SetSecurityGroups
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) SetSecurityGroups ( input * SetSecurityGroupsInput ) ( * SetSecurityGroupsOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . SetSecurityGroupsRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// SetSecurityGroupsWithContext is the same as SetSecurityGroups with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See SetSecurityGroups for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * ELBV2 ) SetSecurityGroupsWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * SetSecurityGroupsInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * SetSecurityGroupsOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . SetSecurityGroupsRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
}
const opSetSubnets = "SetSubnets"
// SetSubnetsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the SetSubnets operation. The "output" return
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// successfuly.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// See SetSubnets for more information on using the SetSubnets
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the SetSubnetsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.SetSubnetsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/SetSubnets
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) SetSubnetsRequest ( input * SetSubnetsInput ) ( req * request . Request , output * SetSubnetsOutput ) {
op := & request . Operation {
Name : opSetSubnets ,
HTTPMethod : "POST" ,
HTTPPath : "/" ,
}
if input == nil {
input = & SetSubnetsInput { }
}
output = & SetSubnetsOutput { }
2017-01-23 22:22:31 +01:00
req = c . newRequest ( op , input , output )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
return
}
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// SetSubnets API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
//
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
// Enables the Availability Zone for the specified public subnets for the specified
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// Application Load Balancer. The specified subnets replace the previously enabled
// subnets.
//
2018-10-17 02:12:35 +02:00
// You can't change the subnets for a Network Load Balancer.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Elastic Load Balancing's
// API operation SetSubnets for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeLoadBalancerNotFoundException "LoadBalancerNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified load balancer does not exist.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidConfigurationRequestException "InvalidConfigurationRequest"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The requested configuration is not valid.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeSubnetNotFoundException "SubnetNotFound"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified subnet does not exist.
//
2017-02-08 14:02:41 +01:00
// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnetException "InvalidSubnet"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// The specified subnet is out of available addresses.
//
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// * ErrCodeAllocationIdNotFoundException "AllocationIdNotFound"
// The specified allocation ID does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeAvailabilityZoneNotSupportedException "AvailabilityZoneNotSupported"
// The specified Availability Zone is not supported.
//
2018-01-25 12:09:58 +01:00
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticloadbalancingv2-2015-12-01/SetSubnets
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
func ( c * ELBV2 ) SetSubnets ( input * SetSubnetsInput ) ( * SetSubnetsOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . SetSubnetsRequest ( input )
2017-04-05 09:45:27 +02:00
return out , req . Send ( )
}
// SetSubnetsWithContext is the same as SetSubnets with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See SetSubnets for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func ( c * ELBV2 ) SetSubnetsWithContext ( ctx aws . Context , input * SetSubnetsInput , opts ... request . Option ) ( * SetSubnetsOutput , error ) {
req , out := c . SetSubnetsRequest ( input )
req . SetContext ( ctx )
req . ApplyOptions ( opts ... )
return out , req . Send ( )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
}
// Information about an action.
type Action struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
2018-07-31 00:07:29 +02:00
// [HTTPS listener] Information for using Amazon Cognito to authenticate users.
// Specify only when Type is authenticate-cognito.
AuthenticateCognitoConfig * AuthenticateCognitoActionConfig ` type:"structure" `
// [HTTPS listener] Information about an identity provider that is compliant
// with OpenID Connect (OIDC). Specify only when Type is authenticate-oidc.
AuthenticateOidcConfig * AuthenticateOidcActionConfig ` type:"structure" `
2018-10-17 02:12:35 +02:00
// [Application Load Balancer] Information for creating an action that returns
// a custom HTTP response. Specify only when Type is fixed-response.
FixedResponseConfig * FixedResponseActionConfig ` type:"structure" `
2018-07-31 00:07:29 +02:00
// The order for the action. This value is required for rules with multiple
// actions. The action with the lowest value for order is performed first. The
2018-10-17 02:12:35 +02:00
// final action to be performed must be a forward or a fixed-response action.
2018-07-31 00:07:29 +02:00
Order * int64 ` min:"1" type:"integer" `
2018-10-17 02:12:35 +02:00
// [Application Load Balancer] Information for creating a redirect action. Specify
// only when Type is redirect.
RedirectConfig * RedirectActionConfig ` type:"structure" `
2018-07-31 00:07:29 +02:00
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the target group. Specify only when Type
// is forward.
TargetGroupArn * string ` type:"string" `
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
2018-10-17 02:12:35 +02:00
// The type of action. Each rule must include exactly one of the following types
// of actions: forward, fixed-response, or redirect.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Type is a required field
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
Type * string ` type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ActionTypeEnum" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s Action ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s Action ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * Action ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "Action" }
2018-07-31 00:07:29 +02:00
if s . Order != nil && * s . Order < 1 {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamMinValue ( "Order" , 1 ) )
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
}
if s . Type == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "Type" ) )
}
2018-07-31 00:07:29 +02:00
if s . AuthenticateCognitoConfig != nil {
if err := s . AuthenticateCognitoConfig . Validate ( ) ; err != nil {
invalidParams . AddNested ( "AuthenticateCognitoConfig" , err . ( request . ErrInvalidParams ) )
}
}
if s . AuthenticateOidcConfig != nil {
if err := s . AuthenticateOidcConfig . Validate ( ) ; err != nil {
invalidParams . AddNested ( "AuthenticateOidcConfig" , err . ( request . ErrInvalidParams ) )
}
}
2018-10-17 02:12:35 +02:00
if s . FixedResponseConfig != nil {
if err := s . FixedResponseConfig . Validate ( ) ; err != nil {
invalidParams . AddNested ( "FixedResponseConfig" , err . ( request . ErrInvalidParams ) )
}
}
if s . RedirectConfig != nil {
if err := s . RedirectConfig . Validate ( ) ; err != nil {
invalidParams . AddNested ( "RedirectConfig" , err . ( request . ErrInvalidParams ) )
}
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2018-07-31 00:07:29 +02:00
// SetAuthenticateCognitoConfig sets the AuthenticateCognitoConfig field's value.
func ( s * Action ) SetAuthenticateCognitoConfig ( v * AuthenticateCognitoActionConfig ) * Action {
s . AuthenticateCognitoConfig = v
return s
}
// SetAuthenticateOidcConfig sets the AuthenticateOidcConfig field's value.
func ( s * Action ) SetAuthenticateOidcConfig ( v * AuthenticateOidcActionConfig ) * Action {
s . AuthenticateOidcConfig = v
return s
}
2018-10-17 02:12:35 +02:00
// SetFixedResponseConfig sets the FixedResponseConfig field's value.
func ( s * Action ) SetFixedResponseConfig ( v * FixedResponseActionConfig ) * Action {
s . FixedResponseConfig = v
return s
}
2018-07-31 00:07:29 +02:00
// SetOrder sets the Order field's value.
func ( s * Action ) SetOrder ( v int64 ) * Action {
s . Order = & v
return s
}
2018-10-17 02:12:35 +02:00
// SetRedirectConfig sets the RedirectConfig field's value.
func ( s * Action ) SetRedirectConfig ( v * RedirectActionConfig ) * Action {
s . RedirectConfig = v
return s
}
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// SetTargetGroupArn sets the TargetGroupArn field's value.
func ( s * Action ) SetTargetGroupArn ( v string ) * Action {
s . TargetGroupArn = & v
return s
}
// SetType sets the Type field's value.
func ( s * Action ) SetType ( v string ) * Action {
s . Type = & v
return s
}
type AddListenerCertificatesInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The certificate to add. You can specify one certificate per call.
//
// Certificates is a required field
Certificates [ ] * Certificate ` type:"list" required:"true" `
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the listener.
//
// ListenerArn is a required field
ListenerArn * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s AddListenerCertificatesInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s AddListenerCertificatesInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * AddListenerCertificatesInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "AddListenerCertificatesInput" }
if s . Certificates == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "Certificates" ) )
}
if s . ListenerArn == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "ListenerArn" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetCertificates sets the Certificates field's value.
func ( s * AddListenerCertificatesInput ) SetCertificates ( v [ ] * Certificate ) * AddListenerCertificatesInput {
s . Certificates = v
return s
}
// SetListenerArn sets the ListenerArn field's value.
func ( s * AddListenerCertificatesInput ) SetListenerArn ( v string ) * AddListenerCertificatesInput {
s . ListenerArn = & v
return s
}
type AddListenerCertificatesOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// Information about the certificates.
Certificates [ ] * Certificate ` type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s AddListenerCertificatesOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
}
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s AddListenerCertificatesOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
// SetCertificates sets the Certificates field's value.
func ( s * AddListenerCertificatesOutput ) SetCertificates ( v [ ] * Certificate ) * AddListenerCertificatesOutput {
s . Certificates = v
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
type AddTagsInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// ResourceArns is a required field
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
ResourceArns [ ] * string ` type:"list" required:"true" `
// The tags. Each resource can have a maximum of 10 tags.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Tags is a required field
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
Tags [ ] * Tag ` min:"1" type:"list" required:"true" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s AddTagsInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s AddTagsInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * AddTagsInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "AddTagsInput" }
if s . ResourceArns == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "ResourceArns" ) )
}
if s . Tags == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "Tags" ) )
}
if s . Tags != nil && len ( s . Tags ) < 1 {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamMinLen ( "Tags" , 1 ) )
}
if s . Tags != nil {
for i , v := range s . Tags {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v . Validate ( ) ; err != nil {
invalidParams . AddNested ( fmt . Sprintf ( "%s[%v]" , "Tags" , i ) , err . ( request . ErrInvalidParams ) )
}
}
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetResourceArns sets the ResourceArns field's value.
func ( s * AddTagsInput ) SetResourceArns ( v [ ] * string ) * AddTagsInput {
s . ResourceArns = v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func ( s * AddTagsInput ) SetTags ( v [ ] * Tag ) * AddTagsInput {
s . Tags = v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
type AddTagsOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s AddTagsOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s AddTagsOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2018-07-31 00:07:29 +02:00
// Request parameters to use when integrating with Amazon Cognito to authenticate
// users.
type AuthenticateCognitoActionConfig struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The query parameters (up to 10) to include in the redirect request to the
// authorization endpoint.
AuthenticationRequestExtraParams map [ string ] * string ` type:"map" `
// The behavior if the user is not authenticated. The following are possible
// values:
//
// * deny - Return an HTTP 401 Unauthorized error.
//
// * allow - Allow the request to be forwarded to the target.
//
// authenticate
OnUnauthenticatedRequest * string ` type:"string" enum:"AuthenticateCognitoActionConditionalBehaviorEnum" `
// The set of user claims to be requested from the IdP. The default is openid.
//
// To verify which scope values your IdP supports and how to separate multiple
// values, see the documentation for your IdP.
Scope * string ` type:"string" `
// The name of the cookie used to maintain session information. The default
// is AWSELBAuthSessionCookie.
SessionCookieName * string ` type:"string" `
// The maximum duration of the authentication session, in seconds. The default
// is 604800 seconds (7 days).
SessionTimeout * int64 ` type:"long" `
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon Cognito user pool.
//
// UserPoolArn is a required field
UserPoolArn * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// The ID of the Amazon Cognito user pool client.
//
// UserPoolClientId is a required field
UserPoolClientId * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// The domain prefix or fully-qualified domain name of the Amazon Cognito user
// pool.
//
// UserPoolDomain is a required field
UserPoolDomain * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s AuthenticateCognitoActionConfig ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s AuthenticateCognitoActionConfig ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * AuthenticateCognitoActionConfig ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "AuthenticateCognitoActionConfig" }
if s . UserPoolArn == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "UserPoolArn" ) )
}
if s . UserPoolClientId == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "UserPoolClientId" ) )
}
if s . UserPoolDomain == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "UserPoolDomain" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetAuthenticationRequestExtraParams sets the AuthenticationRequestExtraParams field's value.
func ( s * AuthenticateCognitoActionConfig ) SetAuthenticationRequestExtraParams ( v map [ string ] * string ) * AuthenticateCognitoActionConfig {
s . AuthenticationRequestExtraParams = v
return s
}
// SetOnUnauthenticatedRequest sets the OnUnauthenticatedRequest field's value.
func ( s * AuthenticateCognitoActionConfig ) SetOnUnauthenticatedRequest ( v string ) * AuthenticateCognitoActionConfig {
s . OnUnauthenticatedRequest = & v
return s
}
// SetScope sets the Scope field's value.
func ( s * AuthenticateCognitoActionConfig ) SetScope ( v string ) * AuthenticateCognitoActionConfig {
s . Scope = & v
return s
}
// SetSessionCookieName sets the SessionCookieName field's value.
func ( s * AuthenticateCognitoActionConfig ) SetSessionCookieName ( v string ) * AuthenticateCognitoActionConfig {
s . SessionCookieName = & v
return s
}
// SetSessionTimeout sets the SessionTimeout field's value.
func ( s * AuthenticateCognitoActionConfig ) SetSessionTimeout ( v int64 ) * AuthenticateCognitoActionConfig {
s . SessionTimeout = & v
return s
}
// SetUserPoolArn sets the UserPoolArn field's value.
func ( s * AuthenticateCognitoActionConfig ) SetUserPoolArn ( v string ) * AuthenticateCognitoActionConfig {
s . UserPoolArn = & v
return s
}
// SetUserPoolClientId sets the UserPoolClientId field's value.
func ( s * AuthenticateCognitoActionConfig ) SetUserPoolClientId ( v string ) * AuthenticateCognitoActionConfig {
s . UserPoolClientId = & v
return s
}
// SetUserPoolDomain sets the UserPoolDomain field's value.
func ( s * AuthenticateCognitoActionConfig ) SetUserPoolDomain ( v string ) * AuthenticateCognitoActionConfig {
s . UserPoolDomain = & v
return s
}
// Request parameters when using an identity provider (IdP) that is compliant
// with OpenID Connect (OIDC) to authenticate users.
type AuthenticateOidcActionConfig struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The query parameters (up to 10) to include in the redirect request to the
// authorization endpoint.
AuthenticationRequestExtraParams map [ string ] * string ` type:"map" `
// The authorization endpoint of the IdP. This must be a full URL, including
// the HTTPS protocol, the domain, and the path.
//
// AuthorizationEndpoint is a required field
AuthorizationEndpoint * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// The OAuth 2.0 client identifier.
//
// ClientId is a required field
ClientId * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// The OAuth 2.0 client secret.
//
// ClientSecret is a required field
ClientSecret * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// The OIDC issuer identifier of the IdP. This must be a full URL, including
// the HTTPS protocol, the domain, and the path.
//
// Issuer is a required field
Issuer * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// The behavior if the user is not authenticated. The following are possible
// values:
//
// * deny - Return an HTTP 401 Unauthorized error.
//
// * allow - Allow the request to be forwarded to the target.
//
// authenticate
OnUnauthenticatedRequest * string ` type:"string" enum:"AuthenticateOidcActionConditionalBehaviorEnum" `
// The set of user claims to be requested from the IdP. The default is openid.
//
// To verify which scope values your IdP supports and how to separate multiple
// values, see the documentation for your IdP.
Scope * string ` type:"string" `
// The name of the cookie used to maintain session information. The default
// is AWSELBAuthSessionCookie.
SessionCookieName * string ` type:"string" `
// The maximum duration of the authentication session, in seconds. The default
// is 604800 seconds (7 days).
SessionTimeout * int64 ` type:"long" `
// The token endpoint of the IdP. This must be a full URL, including the HTTPS
// protocol, the domain, and the path.
//
// TokenEndpoint is a required field
TokenEndpoint * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// The user info endpoint of the IdP. This must be a full URL, including the
// HTTPS protocol, the domain, and the path.
//
// UserInfoEndpoint is a required field
UserInfoEndpoint * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s AuthenticateOidcActionConfig ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s AuthenticateOidcActionConfig ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * AuthenticateOidcActionConfig ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "AuthenticateOidcActionConfig" }
if s . AuthorizationEndpoint == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "AuthorizationEndpoint" ) )
}
if s . ClientId == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "ClientId" ) )
}
if s . ClientSecret == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "ClientSecret" ) )
}
if s . Issuer == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "Issuer" ) )
}
if s . TokenEndpoint == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "TokenEndpoint" ) )
}
if s . UserInfoEndpoint == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "UserInfoEndpoint" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetAuthenticationRequestExtraParams sets the AuthenticationRequestExtraParams field's value.
func ( s * AuthenticateOidcActionConfig ) SetAuthenticationRequestExtraParams ( v map [ string ] * string ) * AuthenticateOidcActionConfig {
s . AuthenticationRequestExtraParams = v
return s
}
// SetAuthorizationEndpoint sets the AuthorizationEndpoint field's value.
func ( s * AuthenticateOidcActionConfig ) SetAuthorizationEndpoint ( v string ) * AuthenticateOidcActionConfig {
s . AuthorizationEndpoint = & v
return s
}
// SetClientId sets the ClientId field's value.
func ( s * AuthenticateOidcActionConfig ) SetClientId ( v string ) * AuthenticateOidcActionConfig {
s . ClientId = & v
return s
}
// SetClientSecret sets the ClientSecret field's value.
func ( s * AuthenticateOidcActionConfig ) SetClientSecret ( v string ) * AuthenticateOidcActionConfig {
s . ClientSecret = & v
return s
}
// SetIssuer sets the Issuer field's value.
func ( s * AuthenticateOidcActionConfig ) SetIssuer ( v string ) * AuthenticateOidcActionConfig {
s . Issuer = & v
return s
}
// SetOnUnauthenticatedRequest sets the OnUnauthenticatedRequest field's value.
func ( s * AuthenticateOidcActionConfig ) SetOnUnauthenticatedRequest ( v string ) * AuthenticateOidcActionConfig {
s . OnUnauthenticatedRequest = & v
return s
}
// SetScope sets the Scope field's value.
func ( s * AuthenticateOidcActionConfig ) SetScope ( v string ) * AuthenticateOidcActionConfig {
s . Scope = & v
return s
}
// SetSessionCookieName sets the SessionCookieName field's value.
func ( s * AuthenticateOidcActionConfig ) SetSessionCookieName ( v string ) * AuthenticateOidcActionConfig {
s . SessionCookieName = & v
return s
}
// SetSessionTimeout sets the SessionTimeout field's value.
func ( s * AuthenticateOidcActionConfig ) SetSessionTimeout ( v int64 ) * AuthenticateOidcActionConfig {
s . SessionTimeout = & v
return s
}
// SetTokenEndpoint sets the TokenEndpoint field's value.
func ( s * AuthenticateOidcActionConfig ) SetTokenEndpoint ( v string ) * AuthenticateOidcActionConfig {
s . TokenEndpoint = & v
return s
}
// SetUserInfoEndpoint sets the UserInfoEndpoint field's value.
func ( s * AuthenticateOidcActionConfig ) SetUserInfoEndpoint ( v string ) * AuthenticateOidcActionConfig {
s . UserInfoEndpoint = & v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
// Information about an Availability Zone.
type AvailabilityZone struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// [Network Load Balancers] The static IP address.
LoadBalancerAddresses [ ] * LoadBalancerAddress ` type:"list" `
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
// The ID of the subnet.
SubnetId * string ` type:"string" `
// The name of the Availability Zone.
ZoneName * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s AvailabilityZone ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s AvailabilityZone ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// SetLoadBalancerAddresses sets the LoadBalancerAddresses field's value.
func ( s * AvailabilityZone ) SetLoadBalancerAddresses ( v [ ] * LoadBalancerAddress ) * AvailabilityZone {
s . LoadBalancerAddresses = v
return s
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetSubnetId sets the SubnetId field's value.
func ( s * AvailabilityZone ) SetSubnetId ( v string ) * AvailabilityZone {
s . SubnetId = & v
return s
}
// SetZoneName sets the ZoneName field's value.
func ( s * AvailabilityZone ) SetZoneName ( v string ) * AvailabilityZone {
s . ZoneName = & v
return s
}
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// Information about an SSL server certificate.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
type Certificate struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the certificate.
CertificateArn * string ` type:"string" `
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// Indicates whether the certificate is the default certificate.
IsDefault * bool ` type:"boolean" `
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s Certificate ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s Certificate ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetCertificateArn sets the CertificateArn field's value.
func ( s * Certificate ) SetCertificateArn ( v string ) * Certificate {
s . CertificateArn = & v
return s
}
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// SetIsDefault sets the IsDefault field's value.
func ( s * Certificate ) SetIsDefault ( v bool ) * Certificate {
s . IsDefault = & v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
// Information about a cipher used in a policy.
type Cipher struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The name of the cipher.
Name * string ` type:"string" `
// The priority of the cipher.
Priority * int64 ` type:"integer" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s Cipher ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s Cipher ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func ( s * Cipher ) SetName ( v string ) * Cipher {
s . Name = & v
return s
}
// SetPriority sets the Priority field's value.
func ( s * Cipher ) SetPriority ( v int64 ) * Cipher {
s . Priority = & v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
type CreateListenerInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
2018-07-31 00:07:29 +02:00
// [HTTPS listeners] The default SSL server certificate. You must provide exactly
2018-10-17 02:12:35 +02:00
// one default certificate. To create a certificate list, use AddListenerCertificates.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
Certificates [ ] * Certificate ` type:"list" `
2018-10-17 02:12:35 +02:00
// The actions for the default rule. The rule must include one forward action
// or one or more fixed-response actions.
2018-07-31 00:07:29 +02:00
//
// If the action type is forward, you can specify a single target group. The
// protocol of the target group must be HTTP or HTTPS for an Application Load
// Balancer or TCP for a Network Load Balancer.
//
2018-10-17 02:12:35 +02:00
// [HTTPS listener] If the action type is authenticate-oidc, you can use an
// identity provider that is OpenID Connect (OIDC) compliant to authenticate
// users as they access your application.
2018-07-31 00:07:29 +02:00
//
2018-10-17 02:12:35 +02:00
// [HTTPS listener] If the action type is authenticate-cognito, you can use
// Amazon Cognito to authenticate users as they access your application.
//
// [Application Load Balancer] If the action type is redirect, you can redirect
// HTTP and HTTPS requests.
//
// [Application Load Balancer] If the action type is fixed-response, you can
// return a custom HTTP response.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// DefaultActions is a required field
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
DefaultActions [ ] * Action ` type:"list" required:"true" `
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the load balancer.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// LoadBalancerArn is a required field
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
LoadBalancerArn * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// The port on which the load balancer is listening.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Port is a required field
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
Port * int64 ` min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true" `
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// The protocol for connections from clients to the load balancer. For Application
// Load Balancers, the supported protocols are HTTP and HTTPS. For Network Load
// Balancers, the supported protocol is TCP.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Protocol is a required field
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
Protocol * string ` type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ProtocolEnum" `
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// [HTTPS listeners] The security policy that defines which ciphers and protocols
// are supported. The default is the current predefined security policy.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
SslPolicy * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s CreateListenerInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s CreateListenerInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * CreateListenerInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "CreateListenerInput" }
if s . DefaultActions == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "DefaultActions" ) )
}
if s . LoadBalancerArn == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "LoadBalancerArn" ) )
}
if s . Port == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "Port" ) )
}
if s . Port != nil && * s . Port < 1 {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamMinValue ( "Port" , 1 ) )
}
if s . Protocol == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "Protocol" ) )
}
if s . DefaultActions != nil {
for i , v := range s . DefaultActions {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v . Validate ( ) ; err != nil {
invalidParams . AddNested ( fmt . Sprintf ( "%s[%v]" , "DefaultActions" , i ) , err . ( request . ErrInvalidParams ) )
}
}
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetCertificates sets the Certificates field's value.
func ( s * CreateListenerInput ) SetCertificates ( v [ ] * Certificate ) * CreateListenerInput {
s . Certificates = v
return s
}
// SetDefaultActions sets the DefaultActions field's value.
func ( s * CreateListenerInput ) SetDefaultActions ( v [ ] * Action ) * CreateListenerInput {
s . DefaultActions = v
return s
}
// SetLoadBalancerArn sets the LoadBalancerArn field's value.
func ( s * CreateListenerInput ) SetLoadBalancerArn ( v string ) * CreateListenerInput {
s . LoadBalancerArn = & v
return s
}
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
func ( s * CreateListenerInput ) SetPort ( v int64 ) * CreateListenerInput {
s . Port = & v
return s
}
// SetProtocol sets the Protocol field's value.
func ( s * CreateListenerInput ) SetProtocol ( v string ) * CreateListenerInput {
s . Protocol = & v
return s
}
// SetSslPolicy sets the SslPolicy field's value.
func ( s * CreateListenerInput ) SetSslPolicy ( v string ) * CreateListenerInput {
s . SslPolicy = & v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
type CreateListenerOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// Information about the listener.
Listeners [ ] * Listener ` type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s CreateListenerOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s CreateListenerOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetListeners sets the Listeners field's value.
func ( s * CreateListenerOutput ) SetListeners ( v [ ] * Listener ) * CreateListenerOutput {
s . Listeners = v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
type CreateLoadBalancerInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// [Application Load Balancers] The type of IP addresses used by the subnets
// for your load balancer. The possible values are ipv4 (for IPv4 addresses)
// and dualstack (for IPv4 and IPv6 addresses). Internal load balancers must
// use ipv4.
2017-01-30 15:18:29 +01:00
IpAddressType * string ` type:"string" enum:"IpAddressType" `
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
// The name of the load balancer.
//
2017-04-07 16:26:16 +02:00
// This name must be unique per region per account, can have a maximum of 32
2018-07-31 00:07:29 +02:00
// characters, must contain only alphanumeric characters or hyphens, must not
// begin or end with a hyphen, and must not begin with "internal-".
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Name is a required field
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
Name * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// The nodes of an Internet-facing load balancer have public IP addresses. The
// DNS name of an Internet-facing load balancer is publicly resolvable to the
// public IP addresses of the nodes. Therefore, Internet-facing load balancers
2018-10-17 02:12:35 +02:00
// can route requests from clients over the internet.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
// The nodes of an internal load balancer have only private IP addresses. The
// DNS name of an internal load balancer is publicly resolvable to the private
// IP addresses of the nodes. Therefore, internal load balancers can only route
// requests from clients with access to the VPC for the load balancer.
//
// The default is an Internet-facing load balancer.
Scheme * string ` type:"string" enum:"LoadBalancerSchemeEnum" `
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
// [Application Load Balancers] The IDs of the security groups for the load
// balancer.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
SecurityGroups [ ] * string ` type:"list" `
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
// The IDs of the public subnets. You can specify only one subnet per Availability
// Zone. You must specify either subnets or subnet mappings.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
// [Application Load Balancers] You must specify subnets from at least two Availability
// Zones. You cannot specify Elastic IP addresses for your subnets.
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
//
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
// [Network Load Balancers] You can specify subnets from one or more Availability
// Zones. You can specify one Elastic IP address per subnet.
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
SubnetMappings [ ] * SubnetMapping ` type:"list" `
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
// The IDs of the public subnets. You can specify only one subnet per Availability
// Zone. You must specify either subnets or subnet mappings.
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
//
// [Application Load Balancers] You must specify subnets from at least two Availability
// Zones.
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
//
// [Network Load Balancers] You can specify subnets from one or more Availability
// Zones.
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
Subnets [ ] * string ` type:"list" `
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
// One or more tags to assign to the load balancer.
Tags [ ] * Tag ` min:"1" type:"list" `
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
// The type of load balancer. The default is application.
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
Type * string ` type:"string" enum:"LoadBalancerTypeEnum" `
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s CreateLoadBalancerInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s CreateLoadBalancerInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * CreateLoadBalancerInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "CreateLoadBalancerInput" }
if s . Name == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "Name" ) )
}
if s . Tags != nil && len ( s . Tags ) < 1 {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamMinLen ( "Tags" , 1 ) )
}
if s . Tags != nil {
for i , v := range s . Tags {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v . Validate ( ) ; err != nil {
invalidParams . AddNested ( fmt . Sprintf ( "%s[%v]" , "Tags" , i ) , err . ( request . ErrInvalidParams ) )
}
}
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2017-01-30 15:18:29 +01:00
// SetIpAddressType sets the IpAddressType field's value.
func ( s * CreateLoadBalancerInput ) SetIpAddressType ( v string ) * CreateLoadBalancerInput {
s . IpAddressType = & v
return s
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func ( s * CreateLoadBalancerInput ) SetName ( v string ) * CreateLoadBalancerInput {
s . Name = & v
return s
}
// SetScheme sets the Scheme field's value.
func ( s * CreateLoadBalancerInput ) SetScheme ( v string ) * CreateLoadBalancerInput {
s . Scheme = & v
return s
}
// SetSecurityGroups sets the SecurityGroups field's value.
func ( s * CreateLoadBalancerInput ) SetSecurityGroups ( v [ ] * string ) * CreateLoadBalancerInput {
s . SecurityGroups = v
return s
}
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// SetSubnetMappings sets the SubnetMappings field's value.
func ( s * CreateLoadBalancerInput ) SetSubnetMappings ( v [ ] * SubnetMapping ) * CreateLoadBalancerInput {
s . SubnetMappings = v
return s
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetSubnets sets the Subnets field's value.
func ( s * CreateLoadBalancerInput ) SetSubnets ( v [ ] * string ) * CreateLoadBalancerInput {
s . Subnets = v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func ( s * CreateLoadBalancerInput ) SetTags ( v [ ] * Tag ) * CreateLoadBalancerInput {
s . Tags = v
return s
}
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// SetType sets the Type field's value.
func ( s * CreateLoadBalancerInput ) SetType ( v string ) * CreateLoadBalancerInput {
s . Type = & v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
type CreateLoadBalancerOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// Information about the load balancer.
LoadBalancers [ ] * LoadBalancer ` type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s CreateLoadBalancerOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s CreateLoadBalancerOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetLoadBalancers sets the LoadBalancers field's value.
func ( s * CreateLoadBalancerOutput ) SetLoadBalancers ( v [ ] * LoadBalancer ) * CreateLoadBalancerOutput {
s . LoadBalancers = v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
type CreateRuleInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
2018-10-17 02:12:35 +02:00
// The actions. Each rule must include exactly one of the following types of
// actions: forward, fixed-response, or redirect.
2018-07-31 00:07:29 +02:00
//
// If the action type is forward, you can specify a single target group.
//
2018-10-17 02:12:35 +02:00
// [HTTPS listener] If the action type is authenticate-oidc, you can use an
// identity provider that is OpenID Connect (OIDC) compliant to authenticate
// users as they access your application.
2018-07-31 00:07:29 +02:00
//
2018-10-17 02:12:35 +02:00
// [HTTPS listener] If the action type is authenticate-cognito, you can use
// Amazon Cognito to authenticate users as they access your application.
//
// [Application Load Balancer] If the action type is redirect, you can redirect
// HTTP and HTTPS requests.
//
// [Application Load Balancer] If the action type is fixed-response, you can
// return a custom HTTP response.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Actions is a required field
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
Actions [ ] * Action ` type:"list" required:"true" `
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// The conditions. Each condition specifies a field name and a single value.
2017-04-07 16:26:16 +02:00
//
// If the field name is host-header, you can specify a single host name (for
// example, my.example.com). A host name is case insensitive, can be up to 128
2018-10-17 02:12:35 +02:00
// characters in length, and can contain any of the following characters. You
// can include up to three wildcard characters.
2017-04-07 16:26:16 +02:00
//
// * A-Z, a-z, 0-9
//
// * - .
//
// * * (matches 0 or more characters)
//
// * ? (matches exactly 1 character)
//
// If the field name is path-pattern, you can specify a single path pattern.
2018-10-17 02:12:35 +02:00
// A path pattern is case-sensitive, can be up to 128 characters in length,
// and can contain any of the following characters. You can include up to three
// wildcard characters.
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
//
// * A-Z, a-z, 0-9
//
// * _ - . $ / ~ " ' @ : +
//
// * & (using &)
//
// * * (matches 0 or more characters)
//
// * ? (matches exactly 1 character)
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Conditions is a required field
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
Conditions [ ] * RuleCondition ` type:"list" required:"true" `
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the listener.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// ListenerArn is a required field
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
ListenerArn * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
2018-07-31 00:07:29 +02:00
// The rule priority. A listener can't have multiple rules with the same priority.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Priority is a required field
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
Priority * int64 ` min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s CreateRuleInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s CreateRuleInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * CreateRuleInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "CreateRuleInput" }
if s . Actions == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "Actions" ) )
}
if s . Conditions == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "Conditions" ) )
}
if s . ListenerArn == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "ListenerArn" ) )
}
if s . Priority == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "Priority" ) )
}
if s . Priority != nil && * s . Priority < 1 {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamMinValue ( "Priority" , 1 ) )
}
if s . Actions != nil {
for i , v := range s . Actions {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v . Validate ( ) ; err != nil {
invalidParams . AddNested ( fmt . Sprintf ( "%s[%v]" , "Actions" , i ) , err . ( request . ErrInvalidParams ) )
}
}
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetActions sets the Actions field's value.
func ( s * CreateRuleInput ) SetActions ( v [ ] * Action ) * CreateRuleInput {
s . Actions = v
return s
}
// SetConditions sets the Conditions field's value.
func ( s * CreateRuleInput ) SetConditions ( v [ ] * RuleCondition ) * CreateRuleInput {
s . Conditions = v
return s
}
// SetListenerArn sets the ListenerArn field's value.
func ( s * CreateRuleInput ) SetListenerArn ( v string ) * CreateRuleInput {
s . ListenerArn = & v
return s
}
// SetPriority sets the Priority field's value.
func ( s * CreateRuleInput ) SetPriority ( v int64 ) * CreateRuleInput {
s . Priority = & v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
type CreateRuleOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// Information about the rule.
Rules [ ] * Rule ` type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s CreateRuleOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s CreateRuleOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetRules sets the Rules field's value.
func ( s * CreateRuleOutput ) SetRules ( v [ ] * Rule ) * CreateRuleOutput {
s . Rules = v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
type CreateTargetGroupInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The approximate amount of time, in seconds, between health checks of an individual
2018-10-17 02:12:35 +02:00
// target. For Application Load Balancers, the range is 5– 300 seconds. For Network
// Load Balancers, the supported values are 10 or 30 seconds. The default is
// 30 seconds.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
HealthCheckIntervalSeconds * int64 ` min:"5" type:"integer" `
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// [HTTP/HTTPS health checks] The ping path that is the destination on the targets
// for health checks. The default is /.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
HealthCheckPath * string ` min:"1" type:"string" `
// The port the load balancer uses when performing health checks on targets.
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// The default is traffic-port, which is the port on which each target receives
// traffic from the load balancer.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
HealthCheckPort * string ` type:"string" `
// The protocol the load balancer uses when performing health checks on targets.
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// The TCP protocol is supported only if the protocol of the target group is
// TCP. For Application Load Balancers, the default is HTTP. For Network Load
// Balancers, the default is TCP.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
HealthCheckProtocol * string ` type:"string" enum:"ProtocolEnum" `
// The amount of time, in seconds, during which no response from a target means
2018-10-17 02:12:35 +02:00
// a failed health check. For Application Load Balancers, the range is 2– 60
// seconds and the default is 5 seconds. For Network Load Balancers, this is
// 10 seconds for TCP and HTTPS health checks and 6 seconds for HTTP health
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// checks.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
HealthCheckTimeoutSeconds * int64 ` min:"2" type:"integer" `
// The number of consecutive health checks successes required before considering
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// an unhealthy target healthy. For Application Load Balancers, the default
// is 5. For Network Load Balancers, the default is 3.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
HealthyThresholdCount * int64 ` min:"2" type:"integer" `
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// [HTTP/HTTPS health checks] The HTTP codes to use when checking for a successful
// response from a target.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
Matcher * Matcher ` type:"structure" `
// The name of the target group.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
2017-04-07 16:26:16 +02:00
// This name must be unique per region per account, can have a maximum of 32
// characters, must contain only alphanumeric characters or hyphens, and must
// not begin or end with a hyphen.
//
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// Name is a required field
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
Name * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// The port on which the targets receive traffic. This port is used unless you
// specify a port override when registering the target.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Port is a required field
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
Port * int64 ` min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true" `
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// The protocol to use for routing traffic to the targets. For Application Load
// Balancers, the supported protocols are HTTP and HTTPS. For Network Load Balancers,
// the supported protocol is TCP.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Protocol is a required field
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
Protocol * string ` type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ProtocolEnum" `
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// The type of target that you must specify when registering targets with this
// target group. The possible values are instance (targets are specified by
// instance ID) or ip (targets are specified by IP address). The default is
2018-10-17 02:12:35 +02:00
// instance. You can't specify targets for a target group using both instance
// IDs and IP addresses.
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
//
// If the target type is ip, specify IP addresses from the subnets of the virtual
// private cloud (VPC) for the target group, the RFC 1918 range (10.0.0.0/8,
// 172.16.0.0/12, and 192.168.0.0/16), and the RFC 6598 range (100.64.0.0/10).
// You can't specify publicly routable IP addresses.
TargetType * string ` type:"string" enum:"TargetTypeEnum" `
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
// The number of consecutive health check failures required before considering
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// a target unhealthy. For Application Load Balancers, the default is 2. For
// Network Load Balancers, this value must be the same as the healthy threshold
// count.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
UnhealthyThresholdCount * int64 ` min:"2" type:"integer" `
// The identifier of the virtual private cloud (VPC).
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// VpcId is a required field
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
VpcId * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s CreateTargetGroupInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s CreateTargetGroupInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * CreateTargetGroupInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "CreateTargetGroupInput" }
if s . HealthCheckIntervalSeconds != nil && * s . HealthCheckIntervalSeconds < 5 {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamMinValue ( "HealthCheckIntervalSeconds" , 5 ) )
}
if s . HealthCheckPath != nil && len ( * s . HealthCheckPath ) < 1 {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamMinLen ( "HealthCheckPath" , 1 ) )
}
if s . HealthCheckTimeoutSeconds != nil && * s . HealthCheckTimeoutSeconds < 2 {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamMinValue ( "HealthCheckTimeoutSeconds" , 2 ) )
}
if s . HealthyThresholdCount != nil && * s . HealthyThresholdCount < 2 {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamMinValue ( "HealthyThresholdCount" , 2 ) )
}
if s . Name == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "Name" ) )
}
if s . Port == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "Port" ) )
}
if s . Port != nil && * s . Port < 1 {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamMinValue ( "Port" , 1 ) )
}
if s . Protocol == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "Protocol" ) )
}
if s . UnhealthyThresholdCount != nil && * s . UnhealthyThresholdCount < 2 {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamMinValue ( "UnhealthyThresholdCount" , 2 ) )
}
if s . VpcId == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "VpcId" ) )
}
if s . Matcher != nil {
if err := s . Matcher . Validate ( ) ; err != nil {
invalidParams . AddNested ( "Matcher" , err . ( request . ErrInvalidParams ) )
}
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetHealthCheckIntervalSeconds sets the HealthCheckIntervalSeconds field's value.
func ( s * CreateTargetGroupInput ) SetHealthCheckIntervalSeconds ( v int64 ) * CreateTargetGroupInput {
s . HealthCheckIntervalSeconds = & v
return s
}
// SetHealthCheckPath sets the HealthCheckPath field's value.
func ( s * CreateTargetGroupInput ) SetHealthCheckPath ( v string ) * CreateTargetGroupInput {
s . HealthCheckPath = & v
return s
}
// SetHealthCheckPort sets the HealthCheckPort field's value.
func ( s * CreateTargetGroupInput ) SetHealthCheckPort ( v string ) * CreateTargetGroupInput {
s . HealthCheckPort = & v
return s
}
// SetHealthCheckProtocol sets the HealthCheckProtocol field's value.
func ( s * CreateTargetGroupInput ) SetHealthCheckProtocol ( v string ) * CreateTargetGroupInput {
s . HealthCheckProtocol = & v
return s
}
// SetHealthCheckTimeoutSeconds sets the HealthCheckTimeoutSeconds field's value.
func ( s * CreateTargetGroupInput ) SetHealthCheckTimeoutSeconds ( v int64 ) * CreateTargetGroupInput {
s . HealthCheckTimeoutSeconds = & v
return s
}
// SetHealthyThresholdCount sets the HealthyThresholdCount field's value.
func ( s * CreateTargetGroupInput ) SetHealthyThresholdCount ( v int64 ) * CreateTargetGroupInput {
s . HealthyThresholdCount = & v
return s
}
// SetMatcher sets the Matcher field's value.
func ( s * CreateTargetGroupInput ) SetMatcher ( v * Matcher ) * CreateTargetGroupInput {
s . Matcher = v
return s
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func ( s * CreateTargetGroupInput ) SetName ( v string ) * CreateTargetGroupInput {
s . Name = & v
return s
}
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
func ( s * CreateTargetGroupInput ) SetPort ( v int64 ) * CreateTargetGroupInput {
s . Port = & v
return s
}
// SetProtocol sets the Protocol field's value.
func ( s * CreateTargetGroupInput ) SetProtocol ( v string ) * CreateTargetGroupInput {
s . Protocol = & v
return s
}
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// SetTargetType sets the TargetType field's value.
func ( s * CreateTargetGroupInput ) SetTargetType ( v string ) * CreateTargetGroupInput {
s . TargetType = & v
return s
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetUnhealthyThresholdCount sets the UnhealthyThresholdCount field's value.
func ( s * CreateTargetGroupInput ) SetUnhealthyThresholdCount ( v int64 ) * CreateTargetGroupInput {
s . UnhealthyThresholdCount = & v
return s
}
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
func ( s * CreateTargetGroupInput ) SetVpcId ( v string ) * CreateTargetGroupInput {
s . VpcId = & v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
type CreateTargetGroupOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// Information about the target group.
TargetGroups [ ] * TargetGroup ` type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s CreateTargetGroupOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s CreateTargetGroupOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetTargetGroups sets the TargetGroups field's value.
func ( s * CreateTargetGroupOutput ) SetTargetGroups ( v [ ] * TargetGroup ) * CreateTargetGroupOutput {
s . TargetGroups = v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
type DeleteListenerInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the listener.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// ListenerArn is a required field
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
ListenerArn * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DeleteListenerInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DeleteListenerInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * DeleteListenerInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "DeleteListenerInput" }
if s . ListenerArn == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "ListenerArn" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetListenerArn sets the ListenerArn field's value.
func ( s * DeleteListenerInput ) SetListenerArn ( v string ) * DeleteListenerInput {
s . ListenerArn = & v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
type DeleteListenerOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DeleteListenerOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DeleteListenerOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
type DeleteLoadBalancerInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the load balancer.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// LoadBalancerArn is a required field
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
LoadBalancerArn * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DeleteLoadBalancerInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DeleteLoadBalancerInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * DeleteLoadBalancerInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "DeleteLoadBalancerInput" }
if s . LoadBalancerArn == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "LoadBalancerArn" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetLoadBalancerArn sets the LoadBalancerArn field's value.
func ( s * DeleteLoadBalancerInput ) SetLoadBalancerArn ( v string ) * DeleteLoadBalancerInput {
s . LoadBalancerArn = & v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
type DeleteLoadBalancerOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DeleteLoadBalancerOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DeleteLoadBalancerOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
type DeleteRuleInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the rule.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// RuleArn is a required field
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
RuleArn * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DeleteRuleInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DeleteRuleInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * DeleteRuleInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "DeleteRuleInput" }
if s . RuleArn == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "RuleArn" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetRuleArn sets the RuleArn field's value.
func ( s * DeleteRuleInput ) SetRuleArn ( v string ) * DeleteRuleInput {
s . RuleArn = & v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
type DeleteRuleOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DeleteRuleOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DeleteRuleOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
type DeleteTargetGroupInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the target group.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// TargetGroupArn is a required field
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
TargetGroupArn * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DeleteTargetGroupInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DeleteTargetGroupInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * DeleteTargetGroupInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "DeleteTargetGroupInput" }
if s . TargetGroupArn == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "TargetGroupArn" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetTargetGroupArn sets the TargetGroupArn field's value.
func ( s * DeleteTargetGroupInput ) SetTargetGroupArn ( v string ) * DeleteTargetGroupInput {
s . TargetGroupArn = & v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
type DeleteTargetGroupOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DeleteTargetGroupOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DeleteTargetGroupOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
type DeregisterTargetsInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the target group.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// TargetGroupArn is a required field
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
TargetGroupArn * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// The targets. If you specified a port override when you registered a target,
// you must specify both the target ID and the port when you deregister it.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Targets is a required field
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
Targets [ ] * TargetDescription ` type:"list" required:"true" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DeregisterTargetsInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DeregisterTargetsInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * DeregisterTargetsInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "DeregisterTargetsInput" }
if s . TargetGroupArn == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "TargetGroupArn" ) )
}
if s . Targets == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "Targets" ) )
}
if s . Targets != nil {
for i , v := range s . Targets {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v . Validate ( ) ; err != nil {
invalidParams . AddNested ( fmt . Sprintf ( "%s[%v]" , "Targets" , i ) , err . ( request . ErrInvalidParams ) )
}
}
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetTargetGroupArn sets the TargetGroupArn field's value.
func ( s * DeregisterTargetsInput ) SetTargetGroupArn ( v string ) * DeregisterTargetsInput {
s . TargetGroupArn = & v
return s
}
// SetTargets sets the Targets field's value.
func ( s * DeregisterTargetsInput ) SetTargets ( v [ ] * TargetDescription ) * DeregisterTargetsInput {
s . Targets = v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
type DeregisterTargetsOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DeregisterTargetsOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DeregisterTargetsOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2017-05-18 14:25:22 +02:00
type DescribeAccountLimitsInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The marker for the next set of results. (You received this marker from a
// previous call.)
Marker * string ` type:"string" `
// The maximum number of results to return with this call.
PageSize * int64 ` min:"1" type:"integer" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeAccountLimitsInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeAccountLimitsInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * DescribeAccountLimitsInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "DescribeAccountLimitsInput" }
if s . PageSize != nil && * s . PageSize < 1 {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamMinValue ( "PageSize" , 1 ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func ( s * DescribeAccountLimitsInput ) SetMarker ( v string ) * DescribeAccountLimitsInput {
s . Marker = & v
return s
}
// SetPageSize sets the PageSize field's value.
func ( s * DescribeAccountLimitsInput ) SetPageSize ( v int64 ) * DescribeAccountLimitsInput {
s . PageSize = & v
return s
}
type DescribeAccountLimitsOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// Information about the limits.
Limits [ ] * Limit ` type:"list" `
// The marker to use when requesting the next set of results. If there are no
// additional results, the string is empty.
NextMarker * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeAccountLimitsOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeAccountLimitsOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
// SetLimits sets the Limits field's value.
func ( s * DescribeAccountLimitsOutput ) SetLimits ( v [ ] * Limit ) * DescribeAccountLimitsOutput {
s . Limits = v
return s
}
// SetNextMarker sets the NextMarker field's value.
func ( s * DescribeAccountLimitsOutput ) SetNextMarker ( v string ) * DescribeAccountLimitsOutput {
s . NextMarker = & v
return s
}
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
type DescribeListenerCertificatesInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The Amazon Resource Names (ARN) of the listener.
//
// ListenerArn is a required field
ListenerArn * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// The marker for the next set of results. (You received this marker from a
// previous call.)
Marker * string ` type:"string" `
// The maximum number of results to return with this call.
PageSize * int64 ` min:"1" type:"integer" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeListenerCertificatesInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeListenerCertificatesInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * DescribeListenerCertificatesInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "DescribeListenerCertificatesInput" }
if s . ListenerArn == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "ListenerArn" ) )
}
if s . PageSize != nil && * s . PageSize < 1 {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamMinValue ( "PageSize" , 1 ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetListenerArn sets the ListenerArn field's value.
func ( s * DescribeListenerCertificatesInput ) SetListenerArn ( v string ) * DescribeListenerCertificatesInput {
s . ListenerArn = & v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func ( s * DescribeListenerCertificatesInput ) SetMarker ( v string ) * DescribeListenerCertificatesInput {
s . Marker = & v
return s
}
// SetPageSize sets the PageSize field's value.
func ( s * DescribeListenerCertificatesInput ) SetPageSize ( v int64 ) * DescribeListenerCertificatesInput {
s . PageSize = & v
return s
}
type DescribeListenerCertificatesOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// Information about the certificates.
Certificates [ ] * Certificate ` type:"list" `
// The marker to use when requesting the next set of results. If there are no
// additional results, the string is empty.
NextMarker * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeListenerCertificatesOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeListenerCertificatesOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
// SetCertificates sets the Certificates field's value.
func ( s * DescribeListenerCertificatesOutput ) SetCertificates ( v [ ] * Certificate ) * DescribeListenerCertificatesOutput {
s . Certificates = v
return s
}
// SetNextMarker sets the NextMarker field's value.
func ( s * DescribeListenerCertificatesOutput ) SetNextMarker ( v string ) * DescribeListenerCertificatesOutput {
s . NextMarker = & v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
type DescribeListenersInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The Amazon Resource Names (ARN) of the listeners.
ListenerArns [ ] * string ` type:"list" `
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the load balancer.
LoadBalancerArn * string ` type:"string" `
// The marker for the next set of results. (You received this marker from a
// previous call.)
Marker * string ` type:"string" `
// The maximum number of results to return with this call.
PageSize * int64 ` min:"1" type:"integer" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeListenersInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeListenersInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * DescribeListenersInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "DescribeListenersInput" }
if s . PageSize != nil && * s . PageSize < 1 {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamMinValue ( "PageSize" , 1 ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetListenerArns sets the ListenerArns field's value.
func ( s * DescribeListenersInput ) SetListenerArns ( v [ ] * string ) * DescribeListenersInput {
s . ListenerArns = v
return s
}
// SetLoadBalancerArn sets the LoadBalancerArn field's value.
func ( s * DescribeListenersInput ) SetLoadBalancerArn ( v string ) * DescribeListenersInput {
s . LoadBalancerArn = & v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func ( s * DescribeListenersInput ) SetMarker ( v string ) * DescribeListenersInput {
s . Marker = & v
return s
}
// SetPageSize sets the PageSize field's value.
func ( s * DescribeListenersInput ) SetPageSize ( v int64 ) * DescribeListenersInput {
s . PageSize = & v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
type DescribeListenersOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// Information about the listeners.
Listeners [ ] * Listener ` type:"list" `
// The marker to use when requesting the next set of results. If there are no
// additional results, the string is empty.
NextMarker * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeListenersOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeListenersOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetListeners sets the Listeners field's value.
func ( s * DescribeListenersOutput ) SetListeners ( v [ ] * Listener ) * DescribeListenersOutput {
s . Listeners = v
return s
}
// SetNextMarker sets the NextMarker field's value.
func ( s * DescribeListenersOutput ) SetNextMarker ( v string ) * DescribeListenersOutput {
s . NextMarker = & v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
type DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the load balancer.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// LoadBalancerArn is a required field
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
LoadBalancerArn * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesInput" }
if s . LoadBalancerArn == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "LoadBalancerArn" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetLoadBalancerArn sets the LoadBalancerArn field's value.
func ( s * DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesInput ) SetLoadBalancerArn ( v string ) * DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesInput {
s . LoadBalancerArn = & v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
type DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// Information about the load balancer attributes.
Attributes [ ] * LoadBalancerAttribute ` type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetAttributes sets the Attributes field's value.
func ( s * DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesOutput ) SetAttributes ( v [ ] * LoadBalancerAttribute ) * DescribeLoadBalancerAttributesOutput {
s . Attributes = v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
type DescribeLoadBalancersInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
2017-04-07 16:26:16 +02:00
// The Amazon Resource Names (ARN) of the load balancers. You can specify up
// to 20 load balancers in a single call.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
LoadBalancerArns [ ] * string ` type:"list" `
// The marker for the next set of results. (You received this marker from a
// previous call.)
Marker * string ` type:"string" `
// The names of the load balancers.
Names [ ] * string ` type:"list" `
// The maximum number of results to return with this call.
PageSize * int64 ` min:"1" type:"integer" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeLoadBalancersInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeLoadBalancersInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * DescribeLoadBalancersInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "DescribeLoadBalancersInput" }
if s . PageSize != nil && * s . PageSize < 1 {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamMinValue ( "PageSize" , 1 ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetLoadBalancerArns sets the LoadBalancerArns field's value.
func ( s * DescribeLoadBalancersInput ) SetLoadBalancerArns ( v [ ] * string ) * DescribeLoadBalancersInput {
s . LoadBalancerArns = v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func ( s * DescribeLoadBalancersInput ) SetMarker ( v string ) * DescribeLoadBalancersInput {
s . Marker = & v
return s
}
// SetNames sets the Names field's value.
func ( s * DescribeLoadBalancersInput ) SetNames ( v [ ] * string ) * DescribeLoadBalancersInput {
s . Names = v
return s
}
// SetPageSize sets the PageSize field's value.
func ( s * DescribeLoadBalancersInput ) SetPageSize ( v int64 ) * DescribeLoadBalancersInput {
s . PageSize = & v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
type DescribeLoadBalancersOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// Information about the load balancers.
LoadBalancers [ ] * LoadBalancer ` type:"list" `
// The marker to use when requesting the next set of results. If there are no
// additional results, the string is empty.
NextMarker * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeLoadBalancersOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeLoadBalancersOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetLoadBalancers sets the LoadBalancers field's value.
func ( s * DescribeLoadBalancersOutput ) SetLoadBalancers ( v [ ] * LoadBalancer ) * DescribeLoadBalancersOutput {
s . LoadBalancers = v
return s
}
// SetNextMarker sets the NextMarker field's value.
func ( s * DescribeLoadBalancersOutput ) SetNextMarker ( v string ) * DescribeLoadBalancersOutput {
s . NextMarker = & v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
type DescribeRulesInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the listener.
ListenerArn * string ` type:"string" `
2017-06-05 12:39:43 +02:00
// The marker for the next set of results. (You received this marker from a
// previous call.)
Marker * string ` type:"string" `
// The maximum number of results to return with this call.
PageSize * int64 ` min:"1" type:"integer" `
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
// The Amazon Resource Names (ARN) of the rules.
RuleArns [ ] * string ` type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeRulesInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeRulesInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2017-06-05 12:39:43 +02:00
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * DescribeRulesInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "DescribeRulesInput" }
if s . PageSize != nil && * s . PageSize < 1 {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamMinValue ( "PageSize" , 1 ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetListenerArn sets the ListenerArn field's value.
func ( s * DescribeRulesInput ) SetListenerArn ( v string ) * DescribeRulesInput {
s . ListenerArn = & v
return s
}
2017-06-05 12:39:43 +02:00
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func ( s * DescribeRulesInput ) SetMarker ( v string ) * DescribeRulesInput {
s . Marker = & v
return s
}
// SetPageSize sets the PageSize field's value.
func ( s * DescribeRulesInput ) SetPageSize ( v int64 ) * DescribeRulesInput {
s . PageSize = & v
return s
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetRuleArns sets the RuleArns field's value.
func ( s * DescribeRulesInput ) SetRuleArns ( v [ ] * string ) * DescribeRulesInput {
s . RuleArns = v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
type DescribeRulesOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
2017-06-05 12:39:43 +02:00
// The marker to use when requesting the next set of results. If there are no
// additional results, the string is empty.
NextMarker * string ` type:"string" `
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
// Information about the rules.
Rules [ ] * Rule ` type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeRulesOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeRulesOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2017-06-05 12:39:43 +02:00
// SetNextMarker sets the NextMarker field's value.
func ( s * DescribeRulesOutput ) SetNextMarker ( v string ) * DescribeRulesOutput {
s . NextMarker = & v
return s
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetRules sets the Rules field's value.
func ( s * DescribeRulesOutput ) SetRules ( v [ ] * Rule ) * DescribeRulesOutput {
s . Rules = v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
type DescribeSSLPoliciesInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The marker for the next set of results. (You received this marker from a
// previous call.)
Marker * string ` type:"string" `
// The names of the policies.
Names [ ] * string ` type:"list" `
// The maximum number of results to return with this call.
PageSize * int64 ` min:"1" type:"integer" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeSSLPoliciesInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeSSLPoliciesInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * DescribeSSLPoliciesInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "DescribeSSLPoliciesInput" }
if s . PageSize != nil && * s . PageSize < 1 {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamMinValue ( "PageSize" , 1 ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func ( s * DescribeSSLPoliciesInput ) SetMarker ( v string ) * DescribeSSLPoliciesInput {
s . Marker = & v
return s
}
// SetNames sets the Names field's value.
func ( s * DescribeSSLPoliciesInput ) SetNames ( v [ ] * string ) * DescribeSSLPoliciesInput {
s . Names = v
return s
}
// SetPageSize sets the PageSize field's value.
func ( s * DescribeSSLPoliciesInput ) SetPageSize ( v int64 ) * DescribeSSLPoliciesInput {
s . PageSize = & v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
type DescribeSSLPoliciesOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The marker to use when requesting the next set of results. If there are no
// additional results, the string is empty.
NextMarker * string ` type:"string" `
// Information about the policies.
SslPolicies [ ] * SslPolicy ` type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeSSLPoliciesOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeSSLPoliciesOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetNextMarker sets the NextMarker field's value.
func ( s * DescribeSSLPoliciesOutput ) SetNextMarker ( v string ) * DescribeSSLPoliciesOutput {
s . NextMarker = & v
return s
}
// SetSslPolicies sets the SslPolicies field's value.
func ( s * DescribeSSLPoliciesOutput ) SetSslPolicies ( v [ ] * SslPolicy ) * DescribeSSLPoliciesOutput {
s . SslPolicies = v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
type DescribeTagsInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The Amazon Resource Names (ARN) of the resources.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// ResourceArns is a required field
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
ResourceArns [ ] * string ` type:"list" required:"true" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeTagsInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeTagsInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * DescribeTagsInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "DescribeTagsInput" }
if s . ResourceArns == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "ResourceArns" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetResourceArns sets the ResourceArns field's value.
func ( s * DescribeTagsInput ) SetResourceArns ( v [ ] * string ) * DescribeTagsInput {
s . ResourceArns = v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
type DescribeTagsOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// Information about the tags.
TagDescriptions [ ] * TagDescription ` type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeTagsOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeTagsOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetTagDescriptions sets the TagDescriptions field's value.
func ( s * DescribeTagsOutput ) SetTagDescriptions ( v [ ] * TagDescription ) * DescribeTagsOutput {
s . TagDescriptions = v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
type DescribeTargetGroupAttributesInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the target group.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// TargetGroupArn is a required field
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
TargetGroupArn * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeTargetGroupAttributesInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeTargetGroupAttributesInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * DescribeTargetGroupAttributesInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "DescribeTargetGroupAttributesInput" }
if s . TargetGroupArn == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "TargetGroupArn" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetTargetGroupArn sets the TargetGroupArn field's value.
func ( s * DescribeTargetGroupAttributesInput ) SetTargetGroupArn ( v string ) * DescribeTargetGroupAttributesInput {
s . TargetGroupArn = & v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
type DescribeTargetGroupAttributesOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// Information about the target group attributes
Attributes [ ] * TargetGroupAttribute ` type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeTargetGroupAttributesOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeTargetGroupAttributesOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetAttributes sets the Attributes field's value.
func ( s * DescribeTargetGroupAttributesOutput ) SetAttributes ( v [ ] * TargetGroupAttribute ) * DescribeTargetGroupAttributesOutput {
s . Attributes = v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
type DescribeTargetGroupsInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the load balancer.
LoadBalancerArn * string ` type:"string" `
// The marker for the next set of results. (You received this marker from a
// previous call.)
Marker * string ` type:"string" `
// The names of the target groups.
Names [ ] * string ` type:"list" `
// The maximum number of results to return with this call.
PageSize * int64 ` min:"1" type:"integer" `
// The Amazon Resource Names (ARN) of the target groups.
TargetGroupArns [ ] * string ` type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeTargetGroupsInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeTargetGroupsInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * DescribeTargetGroupsInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "DescribeTargetGroupsInput" }
if s . PageSize != nil && * s . PageSize < 1 {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamMinValue ( "PageSize" , 1 ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetLoadBalancerArn sets the LoadBalancerArn field's value.
func ( s * DescribeTargetGroupsInput ) SetLoadBalancerArn ( v string ) * DescribeTargetGroupsInput {
s . LoadBalancerArn = & v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func ( s * DescribeTargetGroupsInput ) SetMarker ( v string ) * DescribeTargetGroupsInput {
s . Marker = & v
return s
}
// SetNames sets the Names field's value.
func ( s * DescribeTargetGroupsInput ) SetNames ( v [ ] * string ) * DescribeTargetGroupsInput {
s . Names = v
return s
}
// SetPageSize sets the PageSize field's value.
func ( s * DescribeTargetGroupsInput ) SetPageSize ( v int64 ) * DescribeTargetGroupsInput {
s . PageSize = & v
return s
}
// SetTargetGroupArns sets the TargetGroupArns field's value.
func ( s * DescribeTargetGroupsInput ) SetTargetGroupArns ( v [ ] * string ) * DescribeTargetGroupsInput {
s . TargetGroupArns = v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
type DescribeTargetGroupsOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The marker to use when requesting the next set of results. If there are no
// additional results, the string is empty.
NextMarker * string ` type:"string" `
// Information about the target groups.
TargetGroups [ ] * TargetGroup ` type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeTargetGroupsOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeTargetGroupsOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetNextMarker sets the NextMarker field's value.
func ( s * DescribeTargetGroupsOutput ) SetNextMarker ( v string ) * DescribeTargetGroupsOutput {
s . NextMarker = & v
return s
}
// SetTargetGroups sets the TargetGroups field's value.
func ( s * DescribeTargetGroupsOutput ) SetTargetGroups ( v [ ] * TargetGroup ) * DescribeTargetGroupsOutput {
s . TargetGroups = v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
type DescribeTargetHealthInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the target group.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// TargetGroupArn is a required field
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
TargetGroupArn * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// The targets.
Targets [ ] * TargetDescription ` type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeTargetHealthInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeTargetHealthInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * DescribeTargetHealthInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "DescribeTargetHealthInput" }
if s . TargetGroupArn == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "TargetGroupArn" ) )
}
if s . Targets != nil {
for i , v := range s . Targets {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v . Validate ( ) ; err != nil {
invalidParams . AddNested ( fmt . Sprintf ( "%s[%v]" , "Targets" , i ) , err . ( request . ErrInvalidParams ) )
}
}
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetTargetGroupArn sets the TargetGroupArn field's value.
func ( s * DescribeTargetHealthInput ) SetTargetGroupArn ( v string ) * DescribeTargetHealthInput {
s . TargetGroupArn = & v
return s
}
// SetTargets sets the Targets field's value.
func ( s * DescribeTargetHealthInput ) SetTargets ( v [ ] * TargetDescription ) * DescribeTargetHealthInput {
s . Targets = v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
type DescribeTargetHealthOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// Information about the health of the targets.
TargetHealthDescriptions [ ] * TargetHealthDescription ` type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeTargetHealthOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s DescribeTargetHealthOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetTargetHealthDescriptions sets the TargetHealthDescriptions field's value.
func ( s * DescribeTargetHealthOutput ) SetTargetHealthDescriptions ( v [ ] * TargetHealthDescription ) * DescribeTargetHealthOutput {
s . TargetHealthDescriptions = v
return s
}
2018-10-17 02:12:35 +02:00
// Information about an action that returns a custom HTTP response.
type FixedResponseActionConfig struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The content type.
//
// Valid Values: text/plain | text/css | text/html | application/javascript
// | application/json
ContentType * string ` type:"string" `
// The message.
MessageBody * string ` type:"string" `
// The HTTP response code (2XX, 4XX, or 5XX).
//
// StatusCode is a required field
StatusCode * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s FixedResponseActionConfig ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s FixedResponseActionConfig ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * FixedResponseActionConfig ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "FixedResponseActionConfig" }
if s . StatusCode == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "StatusCode" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value.
func ( s * FixedResponseActionConfig ) SetContentType ( v string ) * FixedResponseActionConfig {
s . ContentType = & v
return s
}
// SetMessageBody sets the MessageBody field's value.
func ( s * FixedResponseActionConfig ) SetMessageBody ( v string ) * FixedResponseActionConfig {
s . MessageBody = & v
return s
}
// SetStatusCode sets the StatusCode field's value.
func ( s * FixedResponseActionConfig ) SetStatusCode ( v string ) * FixedResponseActionConfig {
s . StatusCode = & v
return s
}
2017-05-18 14:25:22 +02:00
// Information about an Elastic Load Balancing resource limit for your AWS account.
type Limit struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The maximum value of the limit.
Max * string ` type:"string" `
// The name of the limit. The possible values are:
//
// * application-load-balancers
//
// * listeners-per-application-load-balancer
//
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// * listeners-per-network-load-balancer
//
// * network-load-balancers
//
2017-05-18 14:25:22 +02:00
// * rules-per-application-load-balancer
//
// * target-groups
//
// * targets-per-application-load-balancer
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
//
// * targets-per-availability-zone-per-network-load-balancer
//
// * targets-per-network-load-balancer
2017-05-18 14:25:22 +02:00
Name * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s Limit ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s Limit ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
// SetMax sets the Max field's value.
func ( s * Limit ) SetMax ( v string ) * Limit {
s . Max = & v
return s
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func ( s * Limit ) SetName ( v string ) * Limit {
s . Name = & v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
// Information about a listener.
type Listener struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The SSL server certificate. You must provide a certificate if the protocol
// is HTTPS.
Certificates [ ] * Certificate ` type:"list" `
// The default actions for the listener.
DefaultActions [ ] * Action ` type:"list" `
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the listener.
ListenerArn * string ` type:"string" `
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the load balancer.
LoadBalancerArn * string ` type:"string" `
// The port on which the load balancer is listening.
Port * int64 ` min:"1" type:"integer" `
// The protocol for connections from clients to the load balancer.
Protocol * string ` type:"string" enum:"ProtocolEnum" `
// The security policy that defines which ciphers and protocols are supported.
// The default is the current predefined security policy.
SslPolicy * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s Listener ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s Listener ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetCertificates sets the Certificates field's value.
func ( s * Listener ) SetCertificates ( v [ ] * Certificate ) * Listener {
s . Certificates = v
return s
}
// SetDefaultActions sets the DefaultActions field's value.
func ( s * Listener ) SetDefaultActions ( v [ ] * Action ) * Listener {
s . DefaultActions = v
return s
}
// SetListenerArn sets the ListenerArn field's value.
func ( s * Listener ) SetListenerArn ( v string ) * Listener {
s . ListenerArn = & v
return s
}
// SetLoadBalancerArn sets the LoadBalancerArn field's value.
func ( s * Listener ) SetLoadBalancerArn ( v string ) * Listener {
s . LoadBalancerArn = & v
return s
}
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
func ( s * Listener ) SetPort ( v int64 ) * Listener {
s . Port = & v
return s
}
// SetProtocol sets the Protocol field's value.
func ( s * Listener ) SetProtocol ( v string ) * Listener {
s . Protocol = & v
return s
}
// SetSslPolicy sets the SslPolicy field's value.
func ( s * Listener ) SetSslPolicy ( v string ) * Listener {
s . SslPolicy = & v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
// Information about a load balancer.
type LoadBalancer struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The Availability Zones for the load balancer.
AvailabilityZones [ ] * AvailabilityZone ` type:"list" `
// The ID of the Amazon Route 53 hosted zone associated with the load balancer.
CanonicalHostedZoneId * string ` type:"string" `
// The date and time the load balancer was created.
2018-07-31 00:07:29 +02:00
CreatedTime * time . Time ` type:"timestamp" `
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
// The public DNS name of the load balancer.
DNSName * string ` type:"string" `
2017-01-30 15:18:29 +01:00
// The type of IP addresses used by the subnets for your load balancer. The
// possible values are ipv4 (for IPv4 addresses) and dualstack (for IPv4 and
// IPv6 addresses).
IpAddressType * string ` type:"string" enum:"IpAddressType" `
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the load balancer.
LoadBalancerArn * string ` type:"string" `
// The name of the load balancer.
LoadBalancerName * string ` type:"string" `
// The nodes of an Internet-facing load balancer have public IP addresses. The
// DNS name of an Internet-facing load balancer is publicly resolvable to the
// public IP addresses of the nodes. Therefore, Internet-facing load balancers
2018-10-17 02:12:35 +02:00
// can route requests from clients over the internet.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
// The nodes of an internal load balancer have only private IP addresses. The
// DNS name of an internal load balancer is publicly resolvable to the private
// IP addresses of the nodes. Therefore, internal load balancers can only route
// requests from clients with access to the VPC for the load balancer.
Scheme * string ` type:"string" enum:"LoadBalancerSchemeEnum" `
// The IDs of the security groups for the load balancer.
SecurityGroups [ ] * string ` type:"list" `
// The state of the load balancer.
State * LoadBalancerState ` type:"structure" `
// The type of load balancer.
Type * string ` type:"string" enum:"LoadBalancerTypeEnum" `
// The ID of the VPC for the load balancer.
VpcId * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s LoadBalancer ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s LoadBalancer ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value.
func ( s * LoadBalancer ) SetAvailabilityZones ( v [ ] * AvailabilityZone ) * LoadBalancer {
s . AvailabilityZones = v
return s
}
// SetCanonicalHostedZoneId sets the CanonicalHostedZoneId field's value.
func ( s * LoadBalancer ) SetCanonicalHostedZoneId ( v string ) * LoadBalancer {
s . CanonicalHostedZoneId = & v
return s
}
// SetCreatedTime sets the CreatedTime field's value.
func ( s * LoadBalancer ) SetCreatedTime ( v time . Time ) * LoadBalancer {
s . CreatedTime = & v
return s
}
// SetDNSName sets the DNSName field's value.
func ( s * LoadBalancer ) SetDNSName ( v string ) * LoadBalancer {
s . DNSName = & v
return s
}
2017-01-30 15:18:29 +01:00
// SetIpAddressType sets the IpAddressType field's value.
func ( s * LoadBalancer ) SetIpAddressType ( v string ) * LoadBalancer {
s . IpAddressType = & v
return s
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetLoadBalancerArn sets the LoadBalancerArn field's value.
func ( s * LoadBalancer ) SetLoadBalancerArn ( v string ) * LoadBalancer {
s . LoadBalancerArn = & v
return s
}
// SetLoadBalancerName sets the LoadBalancerName field's value.
func ( s * LoadBalancer ) SetLoadBalancerName ( v string ) * LoadBalancer {
s . LoadBalancerName = & v
return s
}
// SetScheme sets the Scheme field's value.
func ( s * LoadBalancer ) SetScheme ( v string ) * LoadBalancer {
s . Scheme = & v
return s
}
// SetSecurityGroups sets the SecurityGroups field's value.
func ( s * LoadBalancer ) SetSecurityGroups ( v [ ] * string ) * LoadBalancer {
s . SecurityGroups = v
return s
}
// SetState sets the State field's value.
func ( s * LoadBalancer ) SetState ( v * LoadBalancerState ) * LoadBalancer {
s . State = v
return s
}
// SetType sets the Type field's value.
func ( s * LoadBalancer ) SetType ( v string ) * LoadBalancer {
s . Type = & v
return s
}
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
func ( s * LoadBalancer ) SetVpcId ( v string ) * LoadBalancer {
s . VpcId = & v
return s
}
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// Information about a static IP address for a load balancer.
type LoadBalancerAddress struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// [Network Load Balancers] The allocation ID of the Elastic IP address.
AllocationId * string ` type:"string" `
// The static IP address.
IpAddress * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s LoadBalancerAddress ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s LoadBalancerAddress ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
// SetAllocationId sets the AllocationId field's value.
func ( s * LoadBalancerAddress ) SetAllocationId ( v string ) * LoadBalancerAddress {
s . AllocationId = & v
return s
}
// SetIpAddress sets the IpAddress field's value.
func ( s * LoadBalancerAddress ) SetIpAddress ( v string ) * LoadBalancerAddress {
s . IpAddress = & v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
// Information about a load balancer attribute.
type LoadBalancerAttribute struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The name of the attribute.
//
2018-07-31 00:07:29 +02:00
// The following attributes are supported by both Application Load Balancers
// and Network Load Balancers:
//
// * deletion_protection.enabled - Indicates whether deletion protection
// is enabled. The value is true or false. The default is false.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2018-07-31 00:07:29 +02:00
// The following attributes are supported by only Application Load Balancers:
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2018-07-31 00:07:29 +02:00
// * access_logs.s3.enabled - Indicates whether access logs are enabled.
// The value is true or false. The default is false.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2018-07-31 00:07:29 +02:00
// * access_logs.s3.bucket - The name of the S3 bucket for the access logs.
// This attribute is required if access logs are enabled. The bucket must
// exist in the same region as the load balancer and have a bucket policy
2018-10-17 02:12:35 +02:00
// that grants Elastic Load Balancing permissions to write to the bucket.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2018-07-31 00:07:29 +02:00
// * access_logs.s3.prefix - The prefix for the location in the S3 bucket
// for the access logs.
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
//
2018-07-31 00:07:29 +02:00
// * idle_timeout.timeout_seconds - The idle timeout value, in seconds. The
// valid range is 1-4000 seconds. The default is 60 seconds.
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
//
2018-07-31 00:07:29 +02:00
// * routing.http2.enabled - Indicates whether HTTP/2 is enabled. The value
// is true or false. The default is true.
//
// The following attributes are supported by only Network Load Balancers:
//
// * load_balancing.cross_zone.enabled - Indicates whether cross-zone load
// balancing is enabled. The value is true or false. The default is false.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
Key * string ` type:"string" `
// The value of the attribute.
Value * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s LoadBalancerAttribute ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s LoadBalancerAttribute ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func ( s * LoadBalancerAttribute ) SetKey ( v string ) * LoadBalancerAttribute {
s . Key = & v
return s
}
// SetValue sets the Value field's value.
func ( s * LoadBalancerAttribute ) SetValue ( v string ) * LoadBalancerAttribute {
s . Value = & v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
// Information about the state of the load balancer.
type LoadBalancerState struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The state code. The initial state of the load balancer is provisioning. After
// the load balancer is fully set up and ready to route traffic, its state is
// active. If the load balancer could not be set up, its state is failed.
Code * string ` type:"string" enum:"LoadBalancerStateEnum" `
// A description of the state.
Reason * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s LoadBalancerState ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s LoadBalancerState ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetCode sets the Code field's value.
func ( s * LoadBalancerState ) SetCode ( v string ) * LoadBalancerState {
s . Code = & v
return s
}
// SetReason sets the Reason field's value.
func ( s * LoadBalancerState ) SetReason ( v string ) * LoadBalancerState {
s . Reason = & v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
// Information to use when checking for a successful response from a target.
type Matcher struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// The HTTP codes.
//
// For Application Load Balancers, you can specify values between 200 and 499,
// and the default value is 200. You can specify multiple values (for example,
// "200,202") or a range of values (for example, "200-299").
//
2018-10-17 02:12:35 +02:00
// For Network Load Balancers, this is 200– 399.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// HttpCode is a required field
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
HttpCode * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s Matcher ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s Matcher ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * Matcher ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "Matcher" }
if s . HttpCode == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "HttpCode" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetHttpCode sets the HttpCode field's value.
func ( s * Matcher ) SetHttpCode ( v string ) * Matcher {
s . HttpCode = & v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
type ModifyListenerInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
2018-07-31 00:07:29 +02:00
// [HTTPS listeners] The default SSL server certificate. You must provide exactly
2018-10-17 02:12:35 +02:00
// one default certificate. To create a certificate list, use AddListenerCertificates.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
Certificates [ ] * Certificate ` type:"list" `
2018-10-17 02:12:35 +02:00
// The actions for the default rule. The rule must include one forward action
// or one or more fixed-response actions.
2018-07-31 00:07:29 +02:00
//
// If the action type is forward, you can specify a single target group. The
// protocol of the target group must be HTTP or HTTPS for an Application Load
// Balancer or TCP for a Network Load Balancer.
//
2018-10-17 02:12:35 +02:00
// [HTTPS listener] If the action type is authenticate-oidc, you can use an
// identity provider that is OpenID Connect (OIDC) compliant to authenticate
// users as they access your application.
2018-07-31 00:07:29 +02:00
//
2018-10-17 02:12:35 +02:00
// [HTTPS listener] If the action type is authenticate-cognito, you can use
// Amazon Cognito to authenticate users as they access your application.
//
// [Application Load Balancer] If the action type is redirect, you can redirect
// HTTP and HTTPS requests.
//
// [Application Load Balancer] If the action type is fixed-response, you can
// return a custom HTTP response.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
DefaultActions [ ] * Action ` type:"list" `
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the listener.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// ListenerArn is a required field
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
ListenerArn * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// The port for connections from clients to the load balancer.
Port * int64 ` min:"1" type:"integer" `
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// The protocol for connections from clients to the load balancer. Application
// Load Balancers support HTTP and HTTPS and Network Load Balancers support
// TCP.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
Protocol * string ` type:"string" enum:"ProtocolEnum" `
2018-07-31 00:07:29 +02:00
// [HTTPS listeners] The security policy that defines which protocols and ciphers
// are supported. For more information, see Security Policies (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/elasticloadbalancing/latest/application/create-https-listener.html#describe-ssl-policies)
2017-04-07 16:26:16 +02:00
// in the Application Load Balancers Guide.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
SslPolicy * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s ModifyListenerInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s ModifyListenerInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * ModifyListenerInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "ModifyListenerInput" }
if s . ListenerArn == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "ListenerArn" ) )
}
if s . Port != nil && * s . Port < 1 {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamMinValue ( "Port" , 1 ) )
}
if s . DefaultActions != nil {
for i , v := range s . DefaultActions {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v . Validate ( ) ; err != nil {
invalidParams . AddNested ( fmt . Sprintf ( "%s[%v]" , "DefaultActions" , i ) , err . ( request . ErrInvalidParams ) )
}
}
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetCertificates sets the Certificates field's value.
func ( s * ModifyListenerInput ) SetCertificates ( v [ ] * Certificate ) * ModifyListenerInput {
s . Certificates = v
return s
}
// SetDefaultActions sets the DefaultActions field's value.
func ( s * ModifyListenerInput ) SetDefaultActions ( v [ ] * Action ) * ModifyListenerInput {
s . DefaultActions = v
return s
}
// SetListenerArn sets the ListenerArn field's value.
func ( s * ModifyListenerInput ) SetListenerArn ( v string ) * ModifyListenerInput {
s . ListenerArn = & v
return s
}
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
func ( s * ModifyListenerInput ) SetPort ( v int64 ) * ModifyListenerInput {
s . Port = & v
return s
}
// SetProtocol sets the Protocol field's value.
func ( s * ModifyListenerInput ) SetProtocol ( v string ) * ModifyListenerInput {
s . Protocol = & v
return s
}
// SetSslPolicy sets the SslPolicy field's value.
func ( s * ModifyListenerInput ) SetSslPolicy ( v string ) * ModifyListenerInput {
s . SslPolicy = & v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
type ModifyListenerOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
2018-07-31 00:07:29 +02:00
// Information about the modified listener.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
Listeners [ ] * Listener ` type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s ModifyListenerOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s ModifyListenerOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetListeners sets the Listeners field's value.
func ( s * ModifyListenerOutput ) SetListeners ( v [ ] * Listener ) * ModifyListenerOutput {
s . Listeners = v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
type ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The load balancer attributes.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Attributes is a required field
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
Attributes [ ] * LoadBalancerAttribute ` type:"list" required:"true" `
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the load balancer.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// LoadBalancerArn is a required field
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
LoadBalancerArn * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesInput" }
if s . Attributes == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "Attributes" ) )
}
if s . LoadBalancerArn == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "LoadBalancerArn" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetAttributes sets the Attributes field's value.
func ( s * ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesInput ) SetAttributes ( v [ ] * LoadBalancerAttribute ) * ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesInput {
s . Attributes = v
return s
}
// SetLoadBalancerArn sets the LoadBalancerArn field's value.
func ( s * ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesInput ) SetLoadBalancerArn ( v string ) * ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesInput {
s . LoadBalancerArn = & v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
type ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// Information about the load balancer attributes.
Attributes [ ] * LoadBalancerAttribute ` type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetAttributes sets the Attributes field's value.
func ( s * ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesOutput ) SetAttributes ( v [ ] * LoadBalancerAttribute ) * ModifyLoadBalancerAttributesOutput {
s . Attributes = v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
type ModifyRuleInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
2018-07-31 00:07:29 +02:00
// The actions.
//
// If the action type is forward, you can specify a single target group.
//
// If the action type is authenticate-oidc, you can use an identity provider
// that is OpenID Connect (OIDC) compliant to authenticate users as they access
// your application.
//
// If the action type is authenticate-cognito, you can use Amazon Cognito to
// authenticate users as they access your application.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
Actions [ ] * Action ` type:"list" `
2018-07-31 00:07:29 +02:00
// The conditions. Each condition specifies a field name and a single value.
//
// If the field name is host-header, you can specify a single host name (for
// example, my.example.com). A host name is case insensitive, can be up to 128
2018-10-17 02:12:35 +02:00
// characters in length, and can contain any of the following characters. You
// can include up to three wildcard characters.
2018-07-31 00:07:29 +02:00
//
// * A-Z, a-z, 0-9
//
// * - .
//
// * * (matches 0 or more characters)
//
// * ? (matches exactly 1 character)
//
// If the field name is path-pattern, you can specify a single path pattern.
2018-10-17 02:12:35 +02:00
// A path pattern is case-sensitive, can be up to 128 characters in length,
// and can contain any of the following characters. You can include up to three
// wildcard characters.
2018-07-31 00:07:29 +02:00
//
// * A-Z, a-z, 0-9
//
// * _ - . $ / ~ " ' @ : +
//
// * & (using &)
//
// * * (matches 0 or more characters)
//
// * ? (matches exactly 1 character)
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
Conditions [ ] * RuleCondition ` type:"list" `
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the rule.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// RuleArn is a required field
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
RuleArn * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s ModifyRuleInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s ModifyRuleInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * ModifyRuleInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "ModifyRuleInput" }
if s . RuleArn == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "RuleArn" ) )
}
if s . Actions != nil {
for i , v := range s . Actions {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v . Validate ( ) ; err != nil {
invalidParams . AddNested ( fmt . Sprintf ( "%s[%v]" , "Actions" , i ) , err . ( request . ErrInvalidParams ) )
}
}
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetActions sets the Actions field's value.
func ( s * ModifyRuleInput ) SetActions ( v [ ] * Action ) * ModifyRuleInput {
s . Actions = v
return s
}
// SetConditions sets the Conditions field's value.
func ( s * ModifyRuleInput ) SetConditions ( v [ ] * RuleCondition ) * ModifyRuleInput {
s . Conditions = v
return s
}
// SetRuleArn sets the RuleArn field's value.
func ( s * ModifyRuleInput ) SetRuleArn ( v string ) * ModifyRuleInput {
s . RuleArn = & v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
type ModifyRuleOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
2018-07-31 00:07:29 +02:00
// Information about the modified rule.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
Rules [ ] * Rule ` type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s ModifyRuleOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s ModifyRuleOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetRules sets the Rules field's value.
func ( s * ModifyRuleOutput ) SetRules ( v [ ] * Rule ) * ModifyRuleOutput {
s . Rules = v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
type ModifyTargetGroupAttributesInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The attributes.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Attributes is a required field
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
Attributes [ ] * TargetGroupAttribute ` type:"list" required:"true" `
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the target group.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// TargetGroupArn is a required field
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
TargetGroupArn * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s ModifyTargetGroupAttributesInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s ModifyTargetGroupAttributesInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * ModifyTargetGroupAttributesInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "ModifyTargetGroupAttributesInput" }
if s . Attributes == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "Attributes" ) )
}
if s . TargetGroupArn == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "TargetGroupArn" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetAttributes sets the Attributes field's value.
func ( s * ModifyTargetGroupAttributesInput ) SetAttributes ( v [ ] * TargetGroupAttribute ) * ModifyTargetGroupAttributesInput {
s . Attributes = v
return s
}
// SetTargetGroupArn sets the TargetGroupArn field's value.
func ( s * ModifyTargetGroupAttributesInput ) SetTargetGroupArn ( v string ) * ModifyTargetGroupAttributesInput {
s . TargetGroupArn = & v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
type ModifyTargetGroupAttributesOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// Information about the attributes.
Attributes [ ] * TargetGroupAttribute ` type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s ModifyTargetGroupAttributesOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s ModifyTargetGroupAttributesOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetAttributes sets the Attributes field's value.
func ( s * ModifyTargetGroupAttributesOutput ) SetAttributes ( v [ ] * TargetGroupAttribute ) * ModifyTargetGroupAttributesOutput {
s . Attributes = v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
type ModifyTargetGroupInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The approximate amount of time, in seconds, between health checks of an individual
2018-10-17 02:12:35 +02:00
// target. For Application Load Balancers, the range is 5– 300 seconds. For Network
// Load Balancers, the supported values are 10 or 30 seconds.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
HealthCheckIntervalSeconds * int64 ` min:"5" type:"integer" `
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// [HTTP/HTTPS health checks] The ping path that is the destination for the
// health check request.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
HealthCheckPath * string ` min:"1" type:"string" `
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// The port the load balancer uses when performing health checks on targets.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
HealthCheckPort * string ` type:"string" `
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// The protocol the load balancer uses when performing health checks on targets.
// The TCP protocol is supported only if the protocol of the target group is
// TCP.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
HealthCheckProtocol * string ` type:"string" enum:"ProtocolEnum" `
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// [HTTP/HTTPS health checks] The amount of time, in seconds, during which no
// response means a failed health check.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
HealthCheckTimeoutSeconds * int64 ` min:"2" type:"integer" `
// The number of consecutive health checks successes required before considering
// an unhealthy target healthy.
HealthyThresholdCount * int64 ` min:"2" type:"integer" `
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// [HTTP/HTTPS health checks] The HTTP codes to use when checking for a successful
// response from a target.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
Matcher * Matcher ` type:"structure" `
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the target group.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// TargetGroupArn is a required field
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
TargetGroupArn * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// The number of consecutive health check failures required before considering
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// the target unhealthy. For Network Load Balancers, this value must be the
// same as the healthy threshold count.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
UnhealthyThresholdCount * int64 ` min:"2" type:"integer" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s ModifyTargetGroupInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s ModifyTargetGroupInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * ModifyTargetGroupInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "ModifyTargetGroupInput" }
if s . HealthCheckIntervalSeconds != nil && * s . HealthCheckIntervalSeconds < 5 {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamMinValue ( "HealthCheckIntervalSeconds" , 5 ) )
}
if s . HealthCheckPath != nil && len ( * s . HealthCheckPath ) < 1 {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamMinLen ( "HealthCheckPath" , 1 ) )
}
if s . HealthCheckTimeoutSeconds != nil && * s . HealthCheckTimeoutSeconds < 2 {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamMinValue ( "HealthCheckTimeoutSeconds" , 2 ) )
}
if s . HealthyThresholdCount != nil && * s . HealthyThresholdCount < 2 {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamMinValue ( "HealthyThresholdCount" , 2 ) )
}
if s . TargetGroupArn == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "TargetGroupArn" ) )
}
if s . UnhealthyThresholdCount != nil && * s . UnhealthyThresholdCount < 2 {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamMinValue ( "UnhealthyThresholdCount" , 2 ) )
}
if s . Matcher != nil {
if err := s . Matcher . Validate ( ) ; err != nil {
invalidParams . AddNested ( "Matcher" , err . ( request . ErrInvalidParams ) )
}
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetHealthCheckIntervalSeconds sets the HealthCheckIntervalSeconds field's value.
func ( s * ModifyTargetGroupInput ) SetHealthCheckIntervalSeconds ( v int64 ) * ModifyTargetGroupInput {
s . HealthCheckIntervalSeconds = & v
return s
}
// SetHealthCheckPath sets the HealthCheckPath field's value.
func ( s * ModifyTargetGroupInput ) SetHealthCheckPath ( v string ) * ModifyTargetGroupInput {
s . HealthCheckPath = & v
return s
}
// SetHealthCheckPort sets the HealthCheckPort field's value.
func ( s * ModifyTargetGroupInput ) SetHealthCheckPort ( v string ) * ModifyTargetGroupInput {
s . HealthCheckPort = & v
return s
}
// SetHealthCheckProtocol sets the HealthCheckProtocol field's value.
func ( s * ModifyTargetGroupInput ) SetHealthCheckProtocol ( v string ) * ModifyTargetGroupInput {
s . HealthCheckProtocol = & v
return s
}
// SetHealthCheckTimeoutSeconds sets the HealthCheckTimeoutSeconds field's value.
func ( s * ModifyTargetGroupInput ) SetHealthCheckTimeoutSeconds ( v int64 ) * ModifyTargetGroupInput {
s . HealthCheckTimeoutSeconds = & v
return s
}
// SetHealthyThresholdCount sets the HealthyThresholdCount field's value.
func ( s * ModifyTargetGroupInput ) SetHealthyThresholdCount ( v int64 ) * ModifyTargetGroupInput {
s . HealthyThresholdCount = & v
return s
}
// SetMatcher sets the Matcher field's value.
func ( s * ModifyTargetGroupInput ) SetMatcher ( v * Matcher ) * ModifyTargetGroupInput {
s . Matcher = v
return s
}
// SetTargetGroupArn sets the TargetGroupArn field's value.
func ( s * ModifyTargetGroupInput ) SetTargetGroupArn ( v string ) * ModifyTargetGroupInput {
s . TargetGroupArn = & v
return s
}
// SetUnhealthyThresholdCount sets the UnhealthyThresholdCount field's value.
func ( s * ModifyTargetGroupInput ) SetUnhealthyThresholdCount ( v int64 ) * ModifyTargetGroupInput {
s . UnhealthyThresholdCount = & v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
type ModifyTargetGroupOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
2018-07-31 00:07:29 +02:00
// Information about the modified target group.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
TargetGroups [ ] * TargetGroup ` type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s ModifyTargetGroupOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s ModifyTargetGroupOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetTargetGroups sets the TargetGroups field's value.
func ( s * ModifyTargetGroupOutput ) SetTargetGroups ( v [ ] * TargetGroup ) * ModifyTargetGroupOutput {
s . TargetGroups = v
return s
}
2018-10-17 02:12:35 +02:00
// Information about a redirect action.
//
// A URI consists of the following components: protocol://hostname:port/path?query.
// You must modify at least one of the following components to avoid a redirect
// loop: protocol, hostname, port, or path. Any components that you do not modify
// retain their original values.
//
// You can reuse URI components using the following reserved keywords:
//
// * #{protocol}
//
// * #{host}
//
// * #{port}
//
// * #{path} (the leading "/" is removed)
//
// * #{query}
//
// For example, you can change the path to "/new/#{path}", the hostname to "example.#{host}",
// or the query to "#{query}&value=xyz".
type RedirectActionConfig struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The hostname. This component is not percent-encoded. The hostname can contain
// #{host}.
Host * string ` min:"1" type:"string" `
// The absolute path, starting with the leading "/". This component is not percent-encoded.
// The path can contain #{host}, #{path}, and #{port}.
Path * string ` min:"1" type:"string" `
// The port. You can specify a value from 1 to 65535 or #{port}.
Port * string ` type:"string" `
// The protocol. You can specify HTTP, HTTPS, or #{protocol}. You can redirect
// HTTP to HTTP, HTTP to HTTPS, and HTTPS to HTTPS. You cannot redirect HTTPS
// to HTTP.
Protocol * string ` type:"string" `
// The query parameters, URL-encoded when necessary, but not percent-encoded.
// Do not include the leading "?", as it is automatically added. You can specify
// any of the reserved keywords.
Query * string ` type:"string" `
// The HTTP redirect code. The redirect is either permanent (HTTP 301) or temporary
// (HTTP 302).
//
// StatusCode is a required field
StatusCode * string ` type:"string" required:"true" enum:"RedirectActionStatusCodeEnum" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s RedirectActionConfig ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s RedirectActionConfig ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * RedirectActionConfig ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "RedirectActionConfig" }
if s . Host != nil && len ( * s . Host ) < 1 {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamMinLen ( "Host" , 1 ) )
}
if s . Path != nil && len ( * s . Path ) < 1 {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamMinLen ( "Path" , 1 ) )
}
if s . StatusCode == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "StatusCode" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetHost sets the Host field's value.
func ( s * RedirectActionConfig ) SetHost ( v string ) * RedirectActionConfig {
s . Host = & v
return s
}
// SetPath sets the Path field's value.
func ( s * RedirectActionConfig ) SetPath ( v string ) * RedirectActionConfig {
s . Path = & v
return s
}
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
func ( s * RedirectActionConfig ) SetPort ( v string ) * RedirectActionConfig {
s . Port = & v
return s
}
// SetProtocol sets the Protocol field's value.
func ( s * RedirectActionConfig ) SetProtocol ( v string ) * RedirectActionConfig {
s . Protocol = & v
return s
}
// SetQuery sets the Query field's value.
func ( s * RedirectActionConfig ) SetQuery ( v string ) * RedirectActionConfig {
s . Query = & v
return s
}
// SetStatusCode sets the StatusCode field's value.
func ( s * RedirectActionConfig ) SetStatusCode ( v string ) * RedirectActionConfig {
s . StatusCode = & v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
type RegisterTargetsInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the target group.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// TargetGroupArn is a required field
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
TargetGroupArn * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// The targets.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Targets is a required field
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
Targets [ ] * TargetDescription ` type:"list" required:"true" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s RegisterTargetsInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s RegisterTargetsInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * RegisterTargetsInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "RegisterTargetsInput" }
if s . TargetGroupArn == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "TargetGroupArn" ) )
}
if s . Targets == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "Targets" ) )
}
if s . Targets != nil {
for i , v := range s . Targets {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v . Validate ( ) ; err != nil {
invalidParams . AddNested ( fmt . Sprintf ( "%s[%v]" , "Targets" , i ) , err . ( request . ErrInvalidParams ) )
}
}
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetTargetGroupArn sets the TargetGroupArn field's value.
func ( s * RegisterTargetsInput ) SetTargetGroupArn ( v string ) * RegisterTargetsInput {
s . TargetGroupArn = & v
return s
}
// SetTargets sets the Targets field's value.
func ( s * RegisterTargetsInput ) SetTargets ( v [ ] * TargetDescription ) * RegisterTargetsInput {
s . Targets = v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
type RegisterTargetsOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s RegisterTargetsOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s RegisterTargetsOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
type RemoveListenerCertificatesInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The certificate to remove. You can specify one certificate per call.
//
// Certificates is a required field
Certificates [ ] * Certificate ` type:"list" required:"true" `
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the listener.
//
// ListenerArn is a required field
ListenerArn * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s RemoveListenerCertificatesInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s RemoveListenerCertificatesInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * RemoveListenerCertificatesInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "RemoveListenerCertificatesInput" }
if s . Certificates == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "Certificates" ) )
}
if s . ListenerArn == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "ListenerArn" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetCertificates sets the Certificates field's value.
func ( s * RemoveListenerCertificatesInput ) SetCertificates ( v [ ] * Certificate ) * RemoveListenerCertificatesInput {
s . Certificates = v
return s
}
// SetListenerArn sets the ListenerArn field's value.
func ( s * RemoveListenerCertificatesInput ) SetListenerArn ( v string ) * RemoveListenerCertificatesInput {
s . ListenerArn = & v
return s
}
type RemoveListenerCertificatesOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s RemoveListenerCertificatesOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s RemoveListenerCertificatesOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
type RemoveTagsInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// ResourceArns is a required field
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
ResourceArns [ ] * string ` type:"list" required:"true" `
// The tag keys for the tags to remove.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// TagKeys is a required field
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
TagKeys [ ] * string ` type:"list" required:"true" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s RemoveTagsInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s RemoveTagsInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * RemoveTagsInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "RemoveTagsInput" }
if s . ResourceArns == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "ResourceArns" ) )
}
if s . TagKeys == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "TagKeys" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetResourceArns sets the ResourceArns field's value.
func ( s * RemoveTagsInput ) SetResourceArns ( v [ ] * string ) * RemoveTagsInput {
s . ResourceArns = v
return s
}
// SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value.
func ( s * RemoveTagsInput ) SetTagKeys ( v [ ] * string ) * RemoveTagsInput {
s . TagKeys = v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
type RemoveTagsOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s RemoveTagsOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s RemoveTagsOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
// Information about a rule.
type Rule struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The actions.
Actions [ ] * Action ` type:"list" `
// The conditions.
Conditions [ ] * RuleCondition ` type:"list" `
// Indicates whether this is the default rule.
IsDefault * bool ` type:"boolean" `
// The priority.
Priority * string ` type:"string" `
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the rule.
RuleArn * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s Rule ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s Rule ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetActions sets the Actions field's value.
func ( s * Rule ) SetActions ( v [ ] * Action ) * Rule {
s . Actions = v
return s
}
// SetConditions sets the Conditions field's value.
func ( s * Rule ) SetConditions ( v [ ] * RuleCondition ) * Rule {
s . Conditions = v
return s
}
// SetIsDefault sets the IsDefault field's value.
func ( s * Rule ) SetIsDefault ( v bool ) * Rule {
s . IsDefault = & v
return s
}
// SetPriority sets the Priority field's value.
func ( s * Rule ) SetPriority ( v string ) * Rule {
s . Priority = & v
return s
}
// SetRuleArn sets the RuleArn field's value.
func ( s * Rule ) SetRuleArn ( v string ) * Rule {
s . RuleArn = & v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
// Information about a condition for a rule.
type RuleCondition struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
2017-04-07 16:26:16 +02:00
// The name of the field. The possible values are host-header and path-pattern.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
Field * string ` type:"string" `
2017-04-07 16:26:16 +02:00
// The condition value.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2017-04-07 16:26:16 +02:00
// If the field name is host-header, you can specify a single host name (for
// example, my.example.com). A host name is case insensitive, can be up to 128
2018-10-17 02:12:35 +02:00
// characters in length, and can contain any of the following characters. You
// can include up to three wildcard characters.
2017-04-07 16:26:16 +02:00
//
// * A-Z, a-z, 0-9
//
// * - .
//
// * * (matches 0 or more characters)
//
// * ? (matches exactly 1 character)
//
// If the field name is path-pattern, you can specify a single path pattern
2018-10-17 02:12:35 +02:00
// (for example, /img/*). A path pattern is case-sensitive, can be up to 128
// characters in length, and can contain any of the following characters. You
// can include up to three wildcard characters.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * A-Z, a-z, 0-9
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * _ - . $ / ~ " ' @ : +
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * & (using &)
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * * (matches 0 or more characters)
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * ? (matches exactly 1 character)
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
Values [ ] * string ` type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s RuleCondition ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s RuleCondition ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetField sets the Field field's value.
func ( s * RuleCondition ) SetField ( v string ) * RuleCondition {
s . Field = & v
return s
}
// SetValues sets the Values field's value.
func ( s * RuleCondition ) SetValues ( v [ ] * string ) * RuleCondition {
s . Values = v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
// Information about the priorities for the rules for a listener.
type RulePriorityPair struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The rule priority.
Priority * int64 ` min:"1" type:"integer" `
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the rule.
RuleArn * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s RulePriorityPair ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s RulePriorityPair ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * RulePriorityPair ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "RulePriorityPair" }
if s . Priority != nil && * s . Priority < 1 {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamMinValue ( "Priority" , 1 ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetPriority sets the Priority field's value.
func ( s * RulePriorityPair ) SetPriority ( v int64 ) * RulePriorityPair {
s . Priority = & v
return s
}
// SetRuleArn sets the RuleArn field's value.
func ( s * RulePriorityPair ) SetRuleArn ( v string ) * RulePriorityPair {
s . RuleArn = & v
return s
}
2017-01-30 15:18:29 +01:00
type SetIpAddressTypeInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The IP address type. The possible values are ipv4 (for IPv4 addresses) and
// dualstack (for IPv4 and IPv6 addresses). Internal load balancers must use
// ipv4.
//
// IpAddressType is a required field
IpAddressType * string ` type:"string" required:"true" enum:"IpAddressType" `
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the load balancer.
//
// LoadBalancerArn is a required field
LoadBalancerArn * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s SetIpAddressTypeInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s SetIpAddressTypeInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * SetIpAddressTypeInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "SetIpAddressTypeInput" }
if s . IpAddressType == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "IpAddressType" ) )
}
if s . LoadBalancerArn == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "LoadBalancerArn" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetIpAddressType sets the IpAddressType field's value.
func ( s * SetIpAddressTypeInput ) SetIpAddressType ( v string ) * SetIpAddressTypeInput {
s . IpAddressType = & v
return s
}
// SetLoadBalancerArn sets the LoadBalancerArn field's value.
func ( s * SetIpAddressTypeInput ) SetLoadBalancerArn ( v string ) * SetIpAddressTypeInput {
s . LoadBalancerArn = & v
return s
}
type SetIpAddressTypeOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The IP address type.
IpAddressType * string ` type:"string" enum:"IpAddressType" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s SetIpAddressTypeOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s SetIpAddressTypeOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
// SetIpAddressType sets the IpAddressType field's value.
func ( s * SetIpAddressTypeOutput ) SetIpAddressType ( v string ) * SetIpAddressTypeOutput {
s . IpAddressType = & v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
type SetRulePrioritiesInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The rule priorities.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// RulePriorities is a required field
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
RulePriorities [ ] * RulePriorityPair ` type:"list" required:"true" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s SetRulePrioritiesInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s SetRulePrioritiesInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * SetRulePrioritiesInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "SetRulePrioritiesInput" }
if s . RulePriorities == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "RulePriorities" ) )
}
if s . RulePriorities != nil {
for i , v := range s . RulePriorities {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v . Validate ( ) ; err != nil {
invalidParams . AddNested ( fmt . Sprintf ( "%s[%v]" , "RulePriorities" , i ) , err . ( request . ErrInvalidParams ) )
}
}
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetRulePriorities sets the RulePriorities field's value.
func ( s * SetRulePrioritiesInput ) SetRulePriorities ( v [ ] * RulePriorityPair ) * SetRulePrioritiesInput {
s . RulePriorities = v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
type SetRulePrioritiesOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// Information about the rules.
Rules [ ] * Rule ` type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s SetRulePrioritiesOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s SetRulePrioritiesOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetRules sets the Rules field's value.
func ( s * SetRulePrioritiesOutput ) SetRules ( v [ ] * Rule ) * SetRulePrioritiesOutput {
s . Rules = v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
type SetSecurityGroupsInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the load balancer.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// LoadBalancerArn is a required field
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
LoadBalancerArn * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// The IDs of the security groups.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// SecurityGroups is a required field
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
SecurityGroups [ ] * string ` type:"list" required:"true" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s SetSecurityGroupsInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s SetSecurityGroupsInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * SetSecurityGroupsInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "SetSecurityGroupsInput" }
if s . LoadBalancerArn == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "LoadBalancerArn" ) )
}
if s . SecurityGroups == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "SecurityGroups" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetLoadBalancerArn sets the LoadBalancerArn field's value.
func ( s * SetSecurityGroupsInput ) SetLoadBalancerArn ( v string ) * SetSecurityGroupsInput {
s . LoadBalancerArn = & v
return s
}
// SetSecurityGroups sets the SecurityGroups field's value.
func ( s * SetSecurityGroupsInput ) SetSecurityGroups ( v [ ] * string ) * SetSecurityGroupsInput {
s . SecurityGroups = v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
type SetSecurityGroupsOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The IDs of the security groups associated with the load balancer.
SecurityGroupIds [ ] * string ` type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s SetSecurityGroupsOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s SetSecurityGroupsOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetSecurityGroupIds sets the SecurityGroupIds field's value.
func ( s * SetSecurityGroupsOutput ) SetSecurityGroupIds ( v [ ] * string ) * SetSecurityGroupsOutput {
s . SecurityGroupIds = v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
type SetSubnetsInput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the load balancer.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// LoadBalancerArn is a required field
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
LoadBalancerArn * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
// The IDs of the public subnets. You must specify subnets from at least two
// Availability Zones. You can specify only one subnet per Availability Zone.
// You must specify either subnets or subnet mappings.
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
//
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
// You cannot specify Elastic IP addresses for your subnets.
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
SubnetMappings [ ] * SubnetMapping ` type:"list" `
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
// The IDs of the public subnets. You must specify subnets from at least two
// Availability Zones. You can specify only one subnet per Availability Zone.
// You must specify either subnets or subnet mappings.
2018-07-31 00:07:29 +02:00
Subnets [ ] * string ` type:"list" `
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s SetSubnetsInput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s SetSubnetsInput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * SetSubnetsInput ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "SetSubnetsInput" }
if s . LoadBalancerArn == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "LoadBalancerArn" ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetLoadBalancerArn sets the LoadBalancerArn field's value.
func ( s * SetSubnetsInput ) SetLoadBalancerArn ( v string ) * SetSubnetsInput {
s . LoadBalancerArn = & v
return s
}
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// SetSubnetMappings sets the SubnetMappings field's value.
func ( s * SetSubnetsInput ) SetSubnetMappings ( v [ ] * SubnetMapping ) * SetSubnetsInput {
s . SubnetMappings = v
return s
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetSubnets sets the Subnets field's value.
func ( s * SetSubnetsInput ) SetSubnets ( v [ ] * string ) * SetSubnetsInput {
s . Subnets = v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
type SetSubnetsOutput struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// Information about the subnet and Availability Zone.
AvailabilityZones [ ] * AvailabilityZone ` type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s SetSubnetsOutput ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s SetSubnetsOutput ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value.
func ( s * SetSubnetsOutput ) SetAvailabilityZones ( v [ ] * AvailabilityZone ) * SetSubnetsOutput {
s . AvailabilityZones = v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
// Information about a policy used for SSL negotiation.
type SslPolicy struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The ciphers.
Ciphers [ ] * Cipher ` type:"list" `
// The name of the policy.
Name * string ` type:"string" `
// The protocols.
SslProtocols [ ] * string ` type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s SslPolicy ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s SslPolicy ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetCiphers sets the Ciphers field's value.
func ( s * SslPolicy ) SetCiphers ( v [ ] * Cipher ) * SslPolicy {
s . Ciphers = v
return s
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func ( s * SslPolicy ) SetName ( v string ) * SslPolicy {
s . Name = & v
return s
}
// SetSslProtocols sets the SslProtocols field's value.
func ( s * SslPolicy ) SetSslProtocols ( v [ ] * string ) * SslPolicy {
s . SslProtocols = v
return s
}
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// Information about a subnet mapping.
type SubnetMapping struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// [Network Load Balancers] The allocation ID of the Elastic IP address.
AllocationId * string ` type:"string" `
// The ID of the subnet.
SubnetId * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s SubnetMapping ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s SubnetMapping ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
// SetAllocationId sets the AllocationId field's value.
func ( s * SubnetMapping ) SetAllocationId ( v string ) * SubnetMapping {
s . AllocationId = & v
return s
}
// SetSubnetId sets the SubnetId field's value.
func ( s * SubnetMapping ) SetSubnetId ( v string ) * SubnetMapping {
s . SubnetId = & v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
// Information about a tag.
type Tag struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The key of the tag.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Key is a required field
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
Key * string ` min:"1" type:"string" required:"true" `
// The value of the tag.
Value * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s Tag ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s Tag ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * Tag ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "Tag" }
if s . Key == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "Key" ) )
}
if s . Key != nil && len ( * s . Key ) < 1 {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamMinLen ( "Key" , 1 ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func ( s * Tag ) SetKey ( v string ) * Tag {
s . Key = & v
return s
}
// SetValue sets the Value field's value.
func ( s * Tag ) SetValue ( v string ) * Tag {
s . Value = & v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
// The tags associated with a resource.
type TagDescription struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource.
ResourceArn * string ` type:"string" `
// Information about the tags.
Tags [ ] * Tag ` min:"1" type:"list" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s TagDescription ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s TagDescription ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value.
func ( s * TagDescription ) SetResourceArn ( v string ) * TagDescription {
s . ResourceArn = & v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func ( s * TagDescription ) SetTags ( v [ ] * Tag ) * TagDescription {
s . Tags = v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
// Information about a target.
type TargetDescription struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// An Availability Zone or all. This determines whether the target receives
// traffic from the load balancer nodes in the specified Availability Zone or
// from all enabled Availability Zones for the load balancer.
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
//
// This parameter is not supported if the target type of the target group is
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// instance. If the IP address is in a subnet of the VPC for the target group,
// the Availability Zone is automatically detected and this parameter is optional.
// If the IP address is outside the VPC, this parameter is required.
//
// With an Application Load Balancer, if the IP address is outside the VPC for
// the target group, the only supported value is all.
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
AvailabilityZone * string ` type:"string" `
// The ID of the target. If the target type of the target group is instance,
// specify an instance ID. If the target type is ip, specify an IP address.
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
//
// Id is a required field
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
Id * string ` type:"string" required:"true" `
// The port on which the target is listening.
Port * int64 ` min:"1" type:"integer" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s TargetDescription ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s TargetDescription ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func ( s * TargetDescription ) Validate ( ) error {
invalidParams := request . ErrInvalidParams { Context : "TargetDescription" }
if s . Id == nil {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamRequired ( "Id" ) )
}
if s . Port != nil && * s . Port < 1 {
invalidParams . Add ( request . NewErrParamMinValue ( "Port" , 1 ) )
}
if invalidParams . Len ( ) > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
func ( s * TargetDescription ) SetAvailabilityZone ( v string ) * TargetDescription {
s . AvailabilityZone = & v
return s
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func ( s * TargetDescription ) SetId ( v string ) * TargetDescription {
s . Id = & v
return s
}
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
func ( s * TargetDescription ) SetPort ( v int64 ) * TargetDescription {
s . Port = & v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
// Information about a target group.
type TargetGroup struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The approximate amount of time, in seconds, between health checks of an individual
// target.
HealthCheckIntervalSeconds * int64 ` min:"5" type:"integer" `
// The destination for the health check request.
HealthCheckPath * string ` min:"1" type:"string" `
// The port to use to connect with the target.
HealthCheckPort * string ` type:"string" `
// The protocol to use to connect with the target.
HealthCheckProtocol * string ` type:"string" enum:"ProtocolEnum" `
// The amount of time, in seconds, during which no response means a failed health
// check.
HealthCheckTimeoutSeconds * int64 ` min:"2" type:"integer" `
// The number of consecutive health checks successes required before considering
// an unhealthy target healthy.
HealthyThresholdCount * int64 ` min:"2" type:"integer" `
// The Amazon Resource Names (ARN) of the load balancers that route traffic
// to this target group.
LoadBalancerArns [ ] * string ` type:"list" `
// The HTTP codes to use when checking for a successful response from a target.
Matcher * Matcher ` type:"structure" `
// The port on which the targets are listening.
Port * int64 ` min:"1" type:"integer" `
// The protocol to use for routing traffic to the targets.
Protocol * string ` type:"string" enum:"ProtocolEnum" `
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the target group.
TargetGroupArn * string ` type:"string" `
// The name of the target group.
TargetGroupName * string ` type:"string" `
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// The type of target that you must specify when registering targets with this
// target group. The possible values are instance (targets are specified by
// instance ID) or ip (targets are specified by IP address).
TargetType * string ` type:"string" enum:"TargetTypeEnum" `
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
// The number of consecutive health check failures required before considering
// the target unhealthy.
UnhealthyThresholdCount * int64 ` min:"2" type:"integer" `
// The ID of the VPC for the targets.
VpcId * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s TargetGroup ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s TargetGroup ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetHealthCheckIntervalSeconds sets the HealthCheckIntervalSeconds field's value.
func ( s * TargetGroup ) SetHealthCheckIntervalSeconds ( v int64 ) * TargetGroup {
s . HealthCheckIntervalSeconds = & v
return s
}
// SetHealthCheckPath sets the HealthCheckPath field's value.
func ( s * TargetGroup ) SetHealthCheckPath ( v string ) * TargetGroup {
s . HealthCheckPath = & v
return s
}
// SetHealthCheckPort sets the HealthCheckPort field's value.
func ( s * TargetGroup ) SetHealthCheckPort ( v string ) * TargetGroup {
s . HealthCheckPort = & v
return s
}
// SetHealthCheckProtocol sets the HealthCheckProtocol field's value.
func ( s * TargetGroup ) SetHealthCheckProtocol ( v string ) * TargetGroup {
s . HealthCheckProtocol = & v
return s
}
// SetHealthCheckTimeoutSeconds sets the HealthCheckTimeoutSeconds field's value.
func ( s * TargetGroup ) SetHealthCheckTimeoutSeconds ( v int64 ) * TargetGroup {
s . HealthCheckTimeoutSeconds = & v
return s
}
// SetHealthyThresholdCount sets the HealthyThresholdCount field's value.
func ( s * TargetGroup ) SetHealthyThresholdCount ( v int64 ) * TargetGroup {
s . HealthyThresholdCount = & v
return s
}
// SetLoadBalancerArns sets the LoadBalancerArns field's value.
func ( s * TargetGroup ) SetLoadBalancerArns ( v [ ] * string ) * TargetGroup {
s . LoadBalancerArns = v
return s
}
// SetMatcher sets the Matcher field's value.
func ( s * TargetGroup ) SetMatcher ( v * Matcher ) * TargetGroup {
s . Matcher = v
return s
}
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
func ( s * TargetGroup ) SetPort ( v int64 ) * TargetGroup {
s . Port = & v
return s
}
// SetProtocol sets the Protocol field's value.
func ( s * TargetGroup ) SetProtocol ( v string ) * TargetGroup {
s . Protocol = & v
return s
}
// SetTargetGroupArn sets the TargetGroupArn field's value.
func ( s * TargetGroup ) SetTargetGroupArn ( v string ) * TargetGroup {
s . TargetGroupArn = & v
return s
}
// SetTargetGroupName sets the TargetGroupName field's value.
func ( s * TargetGroup ) SetTargetGroupName ( v string ) * TargetGroup {
s . TargetGroupName = & v
return s
}
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// SetTargetType sets the TargetType field's value.
func ( s * TargetGroup ) SetTargetType ( v string ) * TargetGroup {
s . TargetType = & v
return s
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetUnhealthyThresholdCount sets the UnhealthyThresholdCount field's value.
func ( s * TargetGroup ) SetUnhealthyThresholdCount ( v int64 ) * TargetGroup {
s . UnhealthyThresholdCount = & v
return s
}
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
func ( s * TargetGroup ) SetVpcId ( v string ) * TargetGroup {
s . VpcId = & v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
// Information about a target group attribute.
type TargetGroupAttribute struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The name of the attribute.
//
2018-07-31 00:07:29 +02:00
// The following attributes are supported by both Application Load Balancers
// and Network Load Balancers:
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2018-07-31 00:07:29 +02:00
// * deregistration_delay.timeout_seconds - The amount of time, in seconds,
// for Elastic Load Balancing to wait before changing the state of a deregistering
// target from draining to unused. The range is 0-3600 seconds. The default
// value is 300 seconds.
2018-04-20 09:47:00 +02:00
//
2018-07-31 00:07:29 +02:00
// The following attributes are supported by only Application Load Balancers:
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2018-07-31 00:07:29 +02:00
// * slow_start.duration_seconds - The time period, in seconds, during which
// a newly registered target receives a linearly increasing share of the
// traffic to the target group. After this time period ends, the target receives
// its full share of traffic. The range is 30-900 seconds (15 minutes). Slow
// start mode is disabled by default.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2018-07-31 00:07:29 +02:00
// * stickiness.enabled - Indicates whether sticky sessions are enabled.
// The value is true or false. The default is false.
//
// * stickiness.type - The type of sticky sessions. The possible value is
// lb_cookie.
//
// * stickiness.lb_cookie.duration_seconds - The time period, in seconds,
// during which requests from a client should be routed to the same target.
// After this time period expires, the load balancer-generated cookie is
// considered stale. The range is 1 second to 1 week (604800 seconds). The
// default value is 1 day (86400 seconds).
//
// The following attributes are supported by only Network Load Balancers:
//
// * proxy_protocol_v2.enabled - Indicates whether Proxy Protocol version
// 2 is enabled. The value is true or false. The default is false.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
Key * string ` type:"string" `
// The value of the attribute.
Value * string ` type:"string" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s TargetGroupAttribute ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s TargetGroupAttribute ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func ( s * TargetGroupAttribute ) SetKey ( v string ) * TargetGroupAttribute {
s . Key = & v
return s
}
// SetValue sets the Value field's value.
func ( s * TargetGroupAttribute ) SetValue ( v string ) * TargetGroupAttribute {
s . Value = & v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
// Information about the current health of a target.
type TargetHealth struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// A description of the target health that provides additional details. If the
// state is healthy, a description is not provided.
Description * string ` type:"string" `
// The reason code. If the target state is healthy, a reason code is not provided.
//
// If the target state is initial, the reason code can be one of the following
// values:
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Elb.RegistrationInProgress - The target is in the process of being registered
// with the load balancer.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Elb.InitialHealthChecking - The load balancer is still sending the target
// the minimum number of health checks required to determine its health status.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// If the target state is unhealthy, the reason code can be one of the following
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
// values:
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Target.ResponseCodeMismatch - The health checks did not return an expected
// HTTP code.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Target.Timeout - The health check requests timed out.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Target.FailedHealthChecks - The health checks failed because the connection
// to the target timed out, the target response was malformed, or the target
// failed the health check for an unknown reason.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Elb.InternalError - The health checks failed due to an internal error.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// If the target state is unused, the reason code can be one of the following
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
// values:
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Target.NotRegistered - The target is not registered with the target
// group.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Target.NotInUse - The target group is not used by any load balancer
// or the target is in an Availability Zone that is not enabled for its load
// balancer.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// * Target.IpUnusable - The target IP address is reserved for use by a load
// balancer.
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Target.InvalidState - The target is in the stopped or terminated state.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// If the target state is draining, the reason code can be the following value:
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
//
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// * Target.DeregistrationInProgress - The target is in the process of being
// deregistered and the deregistration delay period has not expired.
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
Reason * string ` type:"string" enum:"TargetHealthReasonEnum" `
// The state of the target.
State * string ` type:"string" enum:"TargetHealthStateEnum" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s TargetHealth ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s TargetHealth ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func ( s * TargetHealth ) SetDescription ( v string ) * TargetHealth {
s . Description = & v
return s
}
// SetReason sets the Reason field's value.
func ( s * TargetHealth ) SetReason ( v string ) * TargetHealth {
s . Reason = & v
return s
}
// SetState sets the State field's value.
func ( s * TargetHealth ) SetState ( v string ) * TargetHealth {
s . State = & v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
// Information about the health of a target.
type TargetHealthDescription struct {
_ struct { } ` type:"structure" `
// The port to use to connect with the target.
HealthCheckPort * string ` type:"string" `
// The description of the target.
Target * TargetDescription ` type:"structure" `
// The health information for the target.
TargetHealth * TargetHealth ` type:"structure" `
}
// String returns the string representation
func ( s TargetHealthDescription ) String ( ) string {
return awsutil . Prettify ( s )
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func ( s TargetHealthDescription ) GoString ( ) string {
return s . String ( )
}
2016-11-19 19:41:01 +01:00
// SetHealthCheckPort sets the HealthCheckPort field's value.
func ( s * TargetHealthDescription ) SetHealthCheckPort ( v string ) * TargetHealthDescription {
s . HealthCheckPort = & v
return s
}
// SetTarget sets the Target field's value.
func ( s * TargetHealthDescription ) SetTarget ( v * TargetDescription ) * TargetHealthDescription {
s . Target = v
return s
}
// SetTargetHealth sets the TargetHealth field's value.
func ( s * TargetHealthDescription ) SetTargetHealth ( v * TargetHealth ) * TargetHealthDescription {
s . TargetHealth = v
return s
}
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
const (
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// ActionTypeEnumForward is a ActionTypeEnum enum value
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
ActionTypeEnumForward = "forward"
2018-07-31 00:07:29 +02:00
// ActionTypeEnumAuthenticateOidc is a ActionTypeEnum enum value
ActionTypeEnumAuthenticateOidc = "authenticate-oidc"
// ActionTypeEnumAuthenticateCognito is a ActionTypeEnum enum value
ActionTypeEnumAuthenticateCognito = "authenticate-cognito"
2018-10-17 02:12:35 +02:00
// ActionTypeEnumRedirect is a ActionTypeEnum enum value
ActionTypeEnumRedirect = "redirect"
// ActionTypeEnumFixedResponse is a ActionTypeEnum enum value
ActionTypeEnumFixedResponse = "fixed-response"
2018-07-31 00:07:29 +02:00
)
const (
// AuthenticateCognitoActionConditionalBehaviorEnumDeny is a AuthenticateCognitoActionConditionalBehaviorEnum enum value
AuthenticateCognitoActionConditionalBehaviorEnumDeny = "deny"
// AuthenticateCognitoActionConditionalBehaviorEnumAllow is a AuthenticateCognitoActionConditionalBehaviorEnum enum value
AuthenticateCognitoActionConditionalBehaviorEnumAllow = "allow"
// AuthenticateCognitoActionConditionalBehaviorEnumAuthenticate is a AuthenticateCognitoActionConditionalBehaviorEnum enum value
AuthenticateCognitoActionConditionalBehaviorEnumAuthenticate = "authenticate"
)
const (
// AuthenticateOidcActionConditionalBehaviorEnumDeny is a AuthenticateOidcActionConditionalBehaviorEnum enum value
AuthenticateOidcActionConditionalBehaviorEnumDeny = "deny"
// AuthenticateOidcActionConditionalBehaviorEnumAllow is a AuthenticateOidcActionConditionalBehaviorEnum enum value
AuthenticateOidcActionConditionalBehaviorEnumAllow = "allow"
// AuthenticateOidcActionConditionalBehaviorEnumAuthenticate is a AuthenticateOidcActionConditionalBehaviorEnum enum value
AuthenticateOidcActionConditionalBehaviorEnumAuthenticate = "authenticate"
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
)
2017-01-30 15:18:29 +01:00
const (
// IpAddressTypeIpv4 is a IpAddressType enum value
IpAddressTypeIpv4 = "ipv4"
// IpAddressTypeDualstack is a IpAddressType enum value
IpAddressTypeDualstack = "dualstack"
)
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
const (
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// LoadBalancerSchemeEnumInternetFacing is a LoadBalancerSchemeEnum enum value
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
LoadBalancerSchemeEnumInternetFacing = "internet-facing"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// LoadBalancerSchemeEnumInternal is a LoadBalancerSchemeEnum enum value
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
LoadBalancerSchemeEnumInternal = "internal"
)
const (
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// LoadBalancerStateEnumActive is a LoadBalancerStateEnum enum value
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
LoadBalancerStateEnumActive = "active"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// LoadBalancerStateEnumProvisioning is a LoadBalancerStateEnum enum value
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
LoadBalancerStateEnumProvisioning = "provisioning"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// LoadBalancerStateEnumActiveImpaired is a LoadBalancerStateEnum enum value
LoadBalancerStateEnumActiveImpaired = "active_impaired"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// LoadBalancerStateEnumFailed is a LoadBalancerStateEnum enum value
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
LoadBalancerStateEnumFailed = "failed"
)
const (
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// LoadBalancerTypeEnumApplication is a LoadBalancerTypeEnum enum value
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
LoadBalancerTypeEnumApplication = "application"
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// LoadBalancerTypeEnumNetwork is a LoadBalancerTypeEnum enum value
LoadBalancerTypeEnumNetwork = "network"
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
)
const (
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// ProtocolEnumHttp is a ProtocolEnum enum value
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
ProtocolEnumHttp = "HTTP"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// ProtocolEnumHttps is a ProtocolEnum enum value
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
ProtocolEnumHttps = "HTTPS"
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// ProtocolEnumTcp is a ProtocolEnum enum value
ProtocolEnumTcp = "TCP"
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
)
2018-10-17 02:12:35 +02:00
const (
// RedirectActionStatusCodeEnumHttp301 is a RedirectActionStatusCodeEnum enum value
RedirectActionStatusCodeEnumHttp301 = "HTTP_301"
// RedirectActionStatusCodeEnumHttp302 is a RedirectActionStatusCodeEnum enum value
RedirectActionStatusCodeEnumHttp302 = "HTTP_302"
)
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
const (
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// TargetHealthReasonEnumElbRegistrationInProgress is a TargetHealthReasonEnum enum value
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
TargetHealthReasonEnumElbRegistrationInProgress = "Elb.RegistrationInProgress"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// TargetHealthReasonEnumElbInitialHealthChecking is a TargetHealthReasonEnum enum value
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
TargetHealthReasonEnumElbInitialHealthChecking = "Elb.InitialHealthChecking"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetResponseCodeMismatch is a TargetHealthReasonEnum enum value
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetResponseCodeMismatch = "Target.ResponseCodeMismatch"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetTimeout is a TargetHealthReasonEnum enum value
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetTimeout = "Target.Timeout"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetFailedHealthChecks is a TargetHealthReasonEnum enum value
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetFailedHealthChecks = "Target.FailedHealthChecks"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetNotRegistered is a TargetHealthReasonEnum enum value
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetNotRegistered = "Target.NotRegistered"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetNotInUse is a TargetHealthReasonEnum enum value
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetNotInUse = "Target.NotInUse"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetDeregistrationInProgress is a TargetHealthReasonEnum enum value
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetDeregistrationInProgress = "Target.DeregistrationInProgress"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetInvalidState is a TargetHealthReasonEnum enum value
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetInvalidState = "Target.InvalidState"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
// TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetIpUnusable is a TargetHealthReasonEnum enum value
TargetHealthReasonEnumTargetIpUnusable = "Target.IpUnusable"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// TargetHealthReasonEnumElbInternalError is a TargetHealthReasonEnum enum value
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
TargetHealthReasonEnumElbInternalError = "Elb.InternalError"
)
const (
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// TargetHealthStateEnumInitial is a TargetHealthStateEnum enum value
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
TargetHealthStateEnumInitial = "initial"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// TargetHealthStateEnumHealthy is a TargetHealthStateEnum enum value
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
TargetHealthStateEnumHealthy = "healthy"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// TargetHealthStateEnumUnhealthy is a TargetHealthStateEnum enum value
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
TargetHealthStateEnumUnhealthy = "unhealthy"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// TargetHealthStateEnumUnused is a TargetHealthStateEnum enum value
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
TargetHealthStateEnumUnused = "unused"
2016-10-17 23:21:08 +02:00
// TargetHealthStateEnumDraining is a TargetHealthStateEnum enum value
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
TargetHealthStateEnumDraining = "draining"
2017-12-13 00:27:05 +01:00
// TargetHealthStateEnumUnavailable is a TargetHealthStateEnum enum value
TargetHealthStateEnumUnavailable = "unavailable"
2016-08-11 23:19:56 +02:00
)
2017-09-05 15:21:07 +02:00
const (
// TargetTypeEnumInstance is a TargetTypeEnum enum value
TargetTypeEnumInstance = "instance"
// TargetTypeEnumIp is a TargetTypeEnum enum value
TargetTypeEnumIp = "ip"
)